Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
Release 5.0 
Administrator’s Guide 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Second Edition (February 2007) 
This edition applies to Cybermation ESP: dSeries Release 5.0. The software and related 
manuals are protected by copyright law. 
Cybermation ESP: dSeries documentation 
This documentation and any related computer software help programs (hereinafter referred to 
as the “Documentation”) is for the end user’s informational purposes only and is subject to 
change or withdrawal by CA at any time. 
This Documentation may not be copied, transferred, reproduced, disclosed, modified or 
duplicated, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of CA. This 
Documentation is confidential and proprietary information of CA and protected by the 
copyright laws of the United States and international treaties. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, licensed users may print a reasonable number of copies of the 
documentation for their own internal use, and may make one copy of the related software as 
reasonably required for back-up and disaster recovery purposes, provided that all CA 
copyright notices and legends are affixed to each reproduced copy. Only authorized 
employees, consultants, or agents of the user who are bound by the provisions of the license 
for the product are permitted to have access to such copies. 
The right to print copies of the documentation and to make a copy of the related software is 
limited to the period during which the applicable license for the Product remains in full force 
and effect. Should the license terminate for any reason, it shall be the user’s responsibility to 
certify in writing to CA that all copies and partial copies of the Documentation have been 
returned to CA or destroyed. 
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STATED IN THE APPLICABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT, 
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CA PROVIDES THIS 
DOCUMENTATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING 
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO 
EVENT WILL CA BE LIABLE TO THE END USER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR 
ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, FROM THE USE OF THIS 
DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, 
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, GOODWILL, OR LOST DATA, EVEN IF CA IS 
EXPRESSLY ADVISED OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. 
The use of any product referenced in the Documentation is governed by the end user’s 
applicable license agreement. 
The manufacturer of this Documentation is CA. 
Provided with “Restricted Rights.” Use, duplication or disclosure by the United States 
Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in FAR Sections 12.212, 52.227-14, and 
52.227-19(c)(1) - (2) and DFARS Section 252.227-7014(b)(3), as applicable, or their 
successors. 
All trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos referenced herein belong to their 
respective companies. 
Copyright © 2007 CA. All rights reserved.
Q000241e admin guide
Contents 
Using this guide ................................................................................................. 1 
Other guides in the Cybermation ESP: dSeries library ....................................... 2 
Changes in this edition....................................................................................... 2 
1 Introduction to Cybermation ESP: dSeries 5 
Cybermation ESP system components ............................................................... 6 
How the components work together .................................................................. 7 
2 Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop Client 9 
About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective........................................... 10 
Using the Admin perspective............................................................................ 10 
Managing server connections ........................................................................... 11 
Changing passwords......................................................................................... 11 
Resetting a user’s password............................................................................... 12 
Viewing a list of users connected to the server .................................................. 12 
Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client ........................................... 13 
3 Working with Cybermation ESP Server 15 
Checking server status ...................................................................................... 16 
About ESP Server start types ............................................................................ 17 
Starting the server ............................................................................................ 18 
Stopping the server........................................................................................... 20 
Recycling the server.......................................................................................... 20 
Configuring the server...................................................................................... 22 
Changing the email addresses or SMTP server ................................................. 23 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 iv
Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate .................... 24 
Setting up notifications when a job is forced to complete ................................. 24 
Checking the server memory usage................................................................... 25 
Viewing a list of artifacts in the system ............................................................. 25 
Viewing your license status............................................................................... 26 
Monitoring the shared directory....................................................................... 26 
Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP Server .................. 30 
Installing the ESP High Security Option.......................................................... 30 
4 Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 33 
Supported ESP Agents and related documentation........................................... 34 
Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server............................................... 34 
Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server....... 51 
Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server ............................................................ 54 
Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters............................................... 55 
Configuring the z/OS ESP Agent..................................................................... 57 
Controlling ESP Agents ................................................................................... 58 
5 Establishing and Controlling Security 61 
About ESP Server security................................................................................ 62 
Working with users .......................................................................................... 66 
Working with groups ....................................................................................... 69 
Summary of security permissions ..................................................................... 72 
Setting up your ESP Server security network.................................................... 84 
6 Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files 95 
About log files .................................................................................................. 96 
Changing a log’s location or name ................................................................... 97 
Creating an audit log report ............................................................................. 98 
Filtering messages sent to trace logs .................................................................. 99 
Summary of filter IDs .................................................................................... 101 
7 Administering ESP High Availability 105 
ESP High Availability terminology................................................................. 106 
The ESP High Availability process ................................................................. 107 
Configuring ESP High Availability detection ................................................. 110 
Changing the type of failback......................................................................... 111 
Switching Primary and Standby roles ............................................................. 112 
Converting to an ESP High Availability installation....................................... 112 
Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration ......................................... 117 
Preventing auto connection to the Standby .................................................... 119 
8 Monitoring SNMP Messages 121 
About SNMP messages .................................................................................. 122 
Interpreting SNMP messages ......................................................................... 122 
Changing the SNMP Manager settings .......................................................... 124 
v ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Contents 
Using third-party SNMP Managers ............................................................... 125 
Enabling SNMP messages from ESP System Agents ...................................... 125 
Receiving SNMP messages............................................................................. 126 
Stopping the SNMP trap receiver................................................................... 126 
Working with the SNMP Message Viewer ..................................................... 127 
9 Working with the ESP Server Database 129 
About your ESP Server database .................................................................... 130 
Changing the database connectivity properties ............................................... 131 
10 Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 133 
Setting up a housekeeping Application........................................................... 134 
ESP Server maintenance................................................................................. 136 
ESP Agent maintenance ................................................................................. 143 
11 Command Console Commands 155 
Command definitions and syntax................................................................... 156 
Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility ................................ 159 
12 Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers 163 
Integrating your ESP Servers .......................................................................... 164 
Verifying your integration .............................................................................. 168 
13 Using the Import/Export Utility 171 
Index 175 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 vi
vii ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Using this guide 
This guide assumes you have installed Cybermation ESP: dSeries. Use this guide for 
post-installation tasks such as setting up security, configuring ESP High Availability, 
and performing maintenance tasks. 
Following installation, you will need to perform the following administrative tasks. 
Administrator Task See 
Define, configure, maintain, and control 
Agents 
• Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
• ESP Agent maintenance 
Create and maintain security profiles • Establishing and Controlling Security 
Set up, maintain, and periodically archive 
and clear server logs produced within 
Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
• Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log 
Files 
• Performing an automated cleanup of 
ESP Server 
• Archiving server log files 
• Clearing server log files 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 1
Section–Other guides in the Cybermation ESP: dSeries library 
Other guides in the Cybermation ESP: dSeries library 
Installing Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
This guide covers the installation process for installing and configuring the ESP Server 
components: ESP Server and its default Agent, and ESP Desktop Client. The guide 
provides instructions for two types of installation: single ESP Server (stand-alone) 
installations and ESP High Availability installations. 
Cybermation ESP System Agent Administrator’s Guide 
This guide describes how to install, configure, secure, maintain, and control ESP 
System Agent. This guide also provides instructions to configure Cybermation Hosts 
to work with ESP System Agent. The final chapters contain troubleshooting and 
reference information. 
Getting Started with Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
This guide is for new Cybermation ESP: dSeries users who want to learn about the 
product. Getting Started is a tutorial that teaches users how to schedule and run jobs 
with Cybermation ESP: dSeries. 
User’s Guide 
The User’s Guide describes how to define, schedule, monitor, and control workflow 
with Cybermation ESP: dSeries. This guide is the primary resource for schedulers and 
operators. It includes information on forecast and history reporting, previously found 
in the Workload Reporting Guide, and real-life examples from the Examples Cookbook. 
Beyond Basic Scheduling: A Guide to Using Scripts 
This guide is intended for anyone who wants to create scripts that work with 
Applications. The first six chapters of the guide cover JavaScript scripts. The final 
chapter and appendix cover the ESPmgr utility and using it within scripts. 
Changes in this edition 
In this edition, the tasks and references related to the Oracle packaged database have 
been removed, including the chapter titled "Working with the Packaged Oracle 
Database" and the "Oracle Administration Primer" contained in the Appendix . 
2 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 3
Section–Changes in this edition 
4 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Introduction to Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
ESP: dSeries provides distributed job scheduling and workflow management across the 
enterprise. It is a simple, flexible, and powerful solution for enterprise application 
integration (EAI) and systems operations. Platform-independent as a result of its next-generation 
XML and JAVA architecture, ESP: dSeries functions across various server 
and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) platforms, including 
• UNIX 
• Windows NT/2000/2003 
• z/OS® 
• IBM OS/400 
• OpenVMS 
• Compaq NSK 
• SAP® R/3 
• PeopleSoft 
• Oracle 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 5
Section–Cybermation ESP system components 
Cybermation ESP system components 
An ESP system consists of the following components: 
• ESP Server 
• ESP Desktop Client 
• ESP Agents 
ESP Server 
ESP Server is the core of the ESP system. ESP Server handles and directs all incoming 
communication from ESP Desktop Client, ESP Agents, a Relational Database 
Management System (RDBMS), and a peer ESP Server in an ESP High Availability 
configuration. 
ESP Server requires a RDBMS for message processing, ESP High Availability, and 
storing server configuration files, resource definition files, and historical reporting 
data. 
ESP Desktop Client 
ESP Desktop Client is a graphical interface for defining, monitoring, and controlling 
enterprise workflow. The interface enables users to quickly drag-and-drop their way 
through workflow definitions, manage calendars, and monitor and control batch 
workflow, regardless of the operating system. A ESP system can have many ESP 
Desktop Clients. 
ESP Desktop Client also includes the administrator’s tools for setting up, monitoring, 
and diagnosing problems with the ESP: dSeries solution. For example, administrators 
can use the SNMP Message Viewer to monitor traps sent from ESP Servers, ESP 
Agents or jobs. 
6 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 1–Introduction to Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
ESP Agents 
ESP Agents are applications that extend batch workflow across multiple operating 
systems. ESP Agents automatically run batch workflow and monitor its progress. ESP 
Agents communicate with ESP Server through TCP/IP. 
When you install ESP Server, a default ESP System Agent automatically installs on 
the same platform as ESP Server. For example, if you install ESP Server on Windows 
2000, an ESP System Agent automatically installs on the same machine. 
How the components work together 
The following diagram illustrates how the ESP components work together. 
• The top of the diagram shows ESP Client, the application you use to schedule and 
monitor workflow and manage the ESP system. 
• The middle of the diagram shows ESP Server, which services requests from ESP 
Desktop Client and submits work to ESP Agent machines. ESP Server runs on 
UNIX and Windows platforms. 
• The bottom of the diagram shows ESP Agents, which initiate and monitor the 
scheduled workflow (such as commands and scripts) and communicate status 
information to ESP Server. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 7
Section–How the components work together 
8 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop 
Client 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective 
• Using the Admin perspective 
• Managing server connections 
• Changing passwords 
• Resetting a user’s password 
• Viewing a list of users connected to the server 
• Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 9
Section–About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective 
About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective 
As an administrator, you will use the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective to 
perform tasks associated with ESP Server and ESP Agents. The Admin perspective 
provides access to the following views: 
• Command Console — For issuing appcmds 
• Console View — For monitoring messages sent from ESP Server 
• Security — For setting up and managing users and groups to access ESP Server 
• SNMP Message Viewer — For monitoring SNMP messages that contain 
information regarding ESP Server, ESP Agents, ESP High Availability, and Alerts 
• Topology — For configuring ESP Server parameters, setting ESP High Availability 
parameters, defining ESP Agents in the ESP Server topology, and configuring ESP 
Agent parameters 
Using the Admin perspective 
To use the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective, you must connect to ESP Server 
as a user assigned ADMINGRP permissions. The default administrator’s user ID and 
password are ADMIN and admin. 
Typically, ESP Desktop Client is set up with a default server connection that uses the 
SCHEDMASTER user ID. For convenience, you may want to either change your 
default connection to use ADMIN or add a server connection for ADMIN. 
Note: For security purposes, you should change the ADMIN user’s password once you 
have connected. 
10 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 2–Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop Client 
Managing server connections 
You can add, modify and remove ESP Desktop Client server connections. 
To add a server connection 
1. Collect the following information for ESP Server: 
• Address — The IP address or DNS name of the machine where you have 
installed ESP Server 
• Port — The ESP Server client port number. The default value is 7500. 
• User ID — Your Cybermation ESP user name for scheduling. The default name 
is SCHEDMASTER (in upper case). 
• Password — The password that corresponds to the user ID. The default 
scheduling password is schedmaster (in lower case). 
2. Open the ESP Desktop Client Connections view using one of the following 
methods: 
• Click the Show the Connections View icon. 
• Select Window > Show View > Connections. 
3. Click the Create a new connection icon. 
The New Connection dialog appears. 
4. Enter the required details and click Save. 
To delete a server connection 
In the ESP Desktop Client Connections view, right-click the server connection and 
select Remove. 
Changing passwords 
Passwords don’t expire. Users can change their passwords any time. When specifying a 
new password, do not leave the field blank. The password cannot exceed 32 
characters. The first character must be alphabetical. The password is case sensitive. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 11
Section–Resetting a user’s password 
To change a password 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. In the Connections view, right-click the server connection and select 
Change Password. 
3. In the Change Password dialog, enter the old and new passwords, confirm the new 
password, and click OK. 
Resetting a user’s password 
From time to time, users may forget their passwords. You can reset a user’s password 
using the Admin perspective Security view. 
To reset a password 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Right-click Security and select Open. 
4. On the Users tab, right-click the user whose password you need to reset and select 
Reset Password. 
5. In the Reset Password dialog, enter the new password, confirm it, and click OK. 
Viewing a list of users connected to the server 
You can use an appcmd to see who is connected to ESP Server. The generated list is 
helpful if, for example, you need to shut down the server and want to notify those 
users who are connected before shutting it down. 
To view a list of users connected to ESP Server 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the about command. 
The command lists ESP Desktop Client users connected to ESP Server. 
12 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 2–Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop Client 
Related topic 
For more information about appcmds, see “Command definitions and syntax” on 
page 156. 
Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client 
To provide required software updates for ESP Desktop Client, Cybermation may 
occasionally release fixes. You can download these fixes and distribute them internally 
to your ESP Desktop Client users. 
Distributing the software updates 
1. Download the update zip file. 
2. Create a directory on your system where users will access the updates. 
3. Copy the update zip file to the directory you set up in step 2. 
4. Notify users that updates are available and where to find them. 
Tip: You might send users an email that specifies the name and location of the 
update zip file. Your communication might also include the instructions described 
under “Installing an ESP Desktop Client update”. 
Installing an ESP Desktop Client update 
1. Open ESP Desktop Client. 
Note: Keep all perspectives closed. 
2. Select Help > Software Updates. 
The Select Update Archive dialog appears. 
3. Browse to the location where the updates are stored. 
4. Select the update zip file, and click Open. 
The Updates dialog appears. 
5. In the tree view, select the update feature and click Next. 
Tip: To view a description of the feature, click More Info. 
6. Follow the instructions on screen. 
7. After you complete the installation, restart ESP Desktop Client. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 13
Section–Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client 
14 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• Checking server status 
• About ESP Server start types 
• Starting the server 
• Stopping the server 
• Recycling the server 
• Configuring the server 
• Changing the email addresses or SMTP server 
• Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate 
• Checking the server memory usage 
• Viewing a list of artifacts in the system 
• Viewing your license status 
• Monitoring the shared directory 
• Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP Server 
• Installing the ESP High Security Option 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 15
Section–Checking server status 
For information about Cybermation ESP Server maintenance, see Chapter 10, 
“Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures” 
Checking server status 
Checking ESP Server status on UNIX 
1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 
2. Run the status script. 
./status 
If the server is active, the script displays the process id of ESP Server, for example 
::::::::::::::: 
ESP Server 
::::::::::::::: 
18982 
If the server is inactive, the process id is blank. 
Checking ESP Server status on Windows 
You can check the server status using Windows services, if the server is installed as a 
service, or using Windows Console Mode. 
To check ESP Server status using Windows services 
1. From the Control Panel, double-click the Administrative Tools icon. 
The Administrative Tools dialog appears. 
2. Double-click the Services icon. 
The Services dialog appears. 
3. For the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, check the Status field. 
• If ESP Server is active, the field displays Started. 
• If ESP Server is inactive, the field is blank. 
To check ESP Server status using Windows Console Mode 
If ESP Server is running in console mode, you can check its window (Start Cybermation 
ESP: dSeries Server) for information on its status. In console mode, ESP Server stops 
running if the Start Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server window is closed. 
16 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
About ESP Server start types 
The start type specifies whether ESP Server will start with a warm or cold start. The 
following table describes the impact of a warm and cold start on active workflow, 
Events, and resource status. 
Impact on Cold Start Warm Start 
Active workflow Deletes any active workflow and 
associated states 
Events Does not process Events that 
have not been processed at the 
time of shutdown 
Resource status Reverts the status of all logical 
resources to their original 
definition 
Performing a cold start 
Reads active workflow from the 
time ESP Server shuts down. Upon 
startup, ESP Server continues 
running workflow from this point 
onward. 
Reads and schedules Events that 
have not yet been processed at the 
time of shutdown and continues 
monitoring for Events that are to be 
processed 
Reads the status of all logical 
resources from the time of 
shutdown and continues managing 
resource states from this point 
onward 
By default, ESP Server starts with a warm start. When you perform a cold start, ESP 
Server deletes all active workflow and associated states, and you lose all active 
processing data. For rare situations when you must perform a cold start, use the 
following procedures. 
Note: If the runonce.properties files exists in the ESP Server directory, ESP 
Server will use the start type specified in the file. Otherwise, ESP Server uses a warm 
start. 
Stand-alone configuration 
To perform a cold start on a single ESP Server 
1. Stop ESP Server. 
2. Open the runonce.properties.bak file, located in the ESP Server 
installation directory. 
3. Ensure the start type in the file is set to cold. 
4. Remove the .bak extension from the filename to change it to 
runonce.properties. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 17
Section–Starting the server 
5. Start ESP Server. 
When ESP Server starts, it will rename the runonce.properties file to 
runonce.properties.bak and default to a warm start. 
Cybermation ESP High Availability configuration 
To perform a cold start on a single ESP Server in a Cybermation ESP High Availability 
configuration 
1. Stop both servers. 
Note: If either server is left running, the cold start cannot take effect. 
2. Open the runonce.properties.bak file, located in the ESP Server 
installation directory. 
3. Ensure the start type in the file is set to cold. 
4. Remove the .bak extension from the filename to change it to 
runonce.properties. 
5. Start the server you want to cold start. 
When ESP Server starts, it will rename the runonce.properties file to 
runonce.properties.bak and default to a warm start. 
6. Start the other server. 
Starting the server 
Starting ESP Server on UNIX 
1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 
2. Run the startEspServer script. 
./startEspServer 
ESP Server starts. If this server is a standalone server, or the preferred server in an 
ESP High Availability configuration, the default ESP Agent also starts. 
Starting ESP Server on Windows 
You can start ESP Server using Windows services or using shortcuts. 
To start ESP Server as a Windows service 
1. From the Windows Control Panel, double-click the Administrative Tools icon. 
The Administrative Tools dialog appears. 
18 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
2. Double-click the Services icon. 
The Services dialog appears. 
3. Right-click the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, and click Start. 
Note: The ESP Server installation program provides the option of selecting an 
automatic startup type for the Windows service. The default startup type for the 
service is manual. If you left the default and want the service to start automatically at 
startup, change its startup type to Automatic. 
Important: In an ESP High Availability configuration, to start ESP Server as a 
Windows service, the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service needs to log 
on to a user account with network privileges. For more information, 
see “Changing the user account a Windows service logs on to” on 
page 19. 
To start ESP Server using Windows shortcuts 
If you did not install ESP Server as a Windows service, do one of the following: 
• Select Start > Programs > Cybermation > ESP dSeries Server > Start ESP Server. 
• In Windows Explorer, go to the ESP Server installation directory and double-click 
startServer.exe. 
The Start ESP Server window appears. ESP Server runs in console mode. 
Note: Keep this window open. Closing the window stops ESP Server. 
Changing the user account a Windows service logs on to 
Note: This procedure applies to ESP High Availability configurations only. 
1. From the Services dialog, right-click the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, and 
click Properties. 
2. On the Log On tab, change the Log on as account to an account with network 
privileges. 
You can now start Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server as a Windows service. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 19
Section–Stopping the server 
Stopping the server 
Stopping ESP Server on UNIX 
1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 
2. Run the stopEspServer script. 
./stopEspServer 
ESP Server stops. If this server is the standalone server, or the preferred server in 
an ESP High Availability configuration, the default ESP Agent also stops. 
Stopping ESP Server on Windows 
You can stop ESP Server using Windows services, if the server is installed as a service, 
or using shortcuts. 
To stop ESP Server using Windows services 
1. From the Control Panel, double-click the Administrative Tools icon. 
The Administrative Tools dialog appears. 
2. Double-click the Services icon. 
The Services dialog appears. 
3. Right-click the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, and click Stop. 
To stop ESP Server using Windows shortcuts 
If you did not install ESP Server as a Windows service, do one of the following: 
• Select Start > Programs > Cybermation > ESP dSeries Server > Stop ESP Server. 
• In Windows Explorer, go to the ESP Server installation directory and double-click 
stopServer.exe. 
Recycling the server 
To recycle ESP Server, you must stop it and then restart it. You can stop ESP Server 
through the Command Console or from the machine where the server is installed. 
However, you cannot restart ESP Server from the Command Console. To restart the 
server, you must start it from the machine where it is installed. 
Note: Recycling ESP Server does not start or stop the default ESP Agent. To stop and 
start the ESP Agent, refer to “Controlling ESP Agents” on page 58. 
20 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
Stopping ESP Server using the Command Console 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
stop 
On the server machine, ESP Server returns an acknowledgement message 
indicating that it has shut down. 
ESP Server with pid (19287) is down 
Note: 
• To use the stop command, you must be logged in as a user who is a member of 
the ADMIN group. 
• If ESP Server does not respond with an acknowledgment message, you must stop 
it using the stopServer script. 
Stopping ESP Server on UNIX 
1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 
2. Run the stopServer script. 
./stopServer 
ESP Server stops. If the default Agent is running, the script does not stop it. 
Stopping ESP Server on Windows 
See “Stopping ESP Server on Windows” on page 20. 
Restarting ESP Server on UNIX 
You must restart ESP Server from the machine where it is installed. You cannot restart 
the server using the Command Console. 
1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 
2. Run the startServer script. 
./startServer 
The script starts ESP Server. 
Restarting ESP Server on Windows 
See “Starting ESP Server on Windows” on page 18. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 21
Section–Configuring the server 
Configuring the server 
ESP Server has two sets of configuration parameters you can change: instance 
parameters and shared parameters. Instance parameters contain server- and system-specific 
information, such as ports and server names. Shared parameters contain non-server- 
specific information, such as the information shared between ESP Servers in an 
ESP High Availability installation. 
You can view and modify server parameters using the Admin perspective Topology 
view. 
Note: For changes to take effect, you must recycle ESP Server. 
Configuring server parameters 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select a menu 
option: 
• Configure instance parameters 
• Configure shared parameters 
5. Configure the parameters. 
6. Click Update to save your changes. 
7. If you are modifying any of the following parameters, you must recycle ESP 
Server: 
Topology View Properties 
Server Shared Parameters > 
General tab 
• Global Agent heartbeat interval in minutes 
• Messages processed before garbage collection 
• Maximum client sessions 
• Disk space monitoring ESP Agent 
Server Shared Parameters > 
Failover tab 
• Enable Automatic Failback to Preferred Server 
• Ping Frequency 
Server Shared Parameters > 
SNMP tab 
• SNMP Manager Address 
• SNMP Input Port 
• Community of SNMP Manager 
Server Instance Parameters > 
Properties 
• ESP Server RMI Port 
• ESP Desktop Client Port 
• Preferred server 
22 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
Changing ESP Server port numbers 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select 
Configure instance parameters. 
5. Modify the port settings. 
• ESP Server RMI Port — The port ESP Desktop Client uses to make RMI calls to 
ESP Server. The default port number is 1099. 
• ESP Desktop Client Port — The port ESP Server uses to communicate with ESP 
Desktop Client. The default is 7500. 
6. Click Update to save your changes. 
7. Recycle ESP Server. 
Changing the email addresses or SMTP server 
You can specify two email addresses for ESP Server communications: 
• Email address to identify ESP Server is the address to identify email sent by a particular 
ESP Server. 
• Send administrative emails to is a valid internal email address to which ESP Server will 
send license-related and other administrative issues. 
Use this procedure to change these email addresses or the name of your SMTP server. 
To change the email addresses 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select 
Configure shared parameters. 
The Server shared parameters view appears. 
5. Click the Email tab. 
6. Change the fields, as required. 
7. Click Update to save your changes. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 23
Section–Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate 
Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to 
generate 
By default, ESP Server sends an email when a triggered Event fails or fails to generate 
an Application. An SNMP message appears in the email subject and contains a short 
description of the failure reason. You can also set up SNMP failure notification for 
these situations. 
ESP Server sends the email notification to the ESP Server email recipient defined 
during ESP Server installation. You can change the recipient after installation by 
setting the Send administrative emails To parameter. 
To prevent ESP Server from sending email when an Application fails to generate, set 
Send email message when Application trigger fails to false. 
To set up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select 
Configure shared parameters. 
The Server shared parameters view appears. 
5. On the General tab, set the following fields to true, as required: 
• Send email message when application trigger fails 
• Send SNMP message when application trigger fails 
6. Click Update to save your changes. 
Setting up notifications when a job is forced to complete 
Explanation of what this does and when you would set this up. 
To set up notifications when a job is forced to complete 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select 
Configure shared parameters. 
The Server shared parameters view appears. 
24 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
5. On the General tab, set the Process notifications when a WOB is forced to complete value 
to true. 
6. Click Update to save your changes. 
Checking the server memory usage 
You can check the ESP Server current memory using the Command Console. The 
console displays the total free memory and maximum heap size. 
To check ESP Server memory usage 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
memcheck 
The Command Console displays a message similar to the example below. 
Viewing a list of artifacts in the system 
You can view the total number of each ESP artifact types in your system using the 
Command Console. The console lists the following ESP artifact types: 
• Agents 
• Forecasts 
• Alerts 
• Groups 
• Applications 
• JavaScripts 
• Calendars 
• Resources 
• Events 
• Users 
To view a list of artifacts in the system 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 25
Section–Viewing your license status 
4. Enter the following command: 
countlist 
The Command Console displays a message similar to the example below. 
Viewing your license status 
You can issue a command to view the total number of licenses available, the number 
of licenses in use, and the temporary license’s expiry date. 
To view your license status 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
licensestatus 
The details of your license appear. 
Monitoring the shared directory 
ESP Server has two built-in monitoring features for its shared directory. You will 
receive warning notifications when the following situations occur: 
• The disk space drops below a warning threshold 
• Access to the NFS server used by the shared directory becomes slow or unavailable 
Note: To monitor the disk space, you must set the disk monitoring ESP Agent. 
26 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
Related topics 
• “Monitoring disk space available for the shared directory” on page 27 
• “Setting the disk monitoring ESP Agent” on page 27 
• “Configuring the disk space monitor” on page 28 
• “Monitoring the shared directory availability” on page 28 
• “Setting the warning threshold for monitoring the shared directory availability” 
on page 29 
Monitoring disk space available for the shared directory 
ESP Server stores PSE Pro Object Database files in a shared directory. Over time, the 
disk space for storing those files decreases. To prevent that disk space from running 
out, ESP Server has a built-in feature that uses the default ESP Agent to monitor disk 
space. When the disk space drops below a warning threshold, ESP Server will send an 
SNMP message and an email to the administrative email recipient designated in its 
topology. When the disk space drops below a shutdown threshold, ESP Server shuts 
itself down. 
Note: If you use ESP High Availability, when disk space becomes critically low, ESP 
Server shuts down the Standby before shutting itself down. 
Important: Do not run ESP Server from an account that uses disk quotas; disk 
space monitor does not monitor disk quotas. 
Setting the disk monitoring ESP Agent 
To enable disk space monitoring, you must set the Disk monitoring ESP Agent parameter 
in the ESP Server topology to the name of your default Agent. 
To set the disk monitoring ESP Agent 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select 
Configure shared parameters. 
The Server shared parameters view appears. 
5. In the Disk monitoring ESP Agent field, enter the name of the ESP Agent you will use 
to monitor disk space. 
6. Click Update to save your change. 
7. Recycle ESP Server. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 27
Section–Monitoring the shared directory 
Configuring the disk space monitor 
Cybermation recommends you leave the default settings for disk space monitoring. 
However, if required, you can override the defaults by adding the following properties 
to the espresso.properties file located in the ESP Server installation directory. 
Property Default 
value 
Description 
diskmon.freekbwarnthresh 102400 The warning threshold value in kilobytes. When 
the free disk-space level drops below this value, 
ESP Server will send an email and SNMP 
message. By default, ESP Server starts warning 
when the disk space drops below 100 MB. 
diskmon.freekbshutdownthres 5120 The warning shutdown value in kilobytes. When 
the free disk space level drops below this value, 
ESP Server shuts down. By default, ESP Server 
shuts down when the disk space drops below 5 
MB. 
diskmon.cancelwarndeltakb 1024 After ESP Server issues the disk-space warning, it 
cancels the warning when the disk-space level 
reaches the sum of this property and the 
diskmon.freekbwarnthresh value. 
diskmon.rewarnintervalmin 15 The minimum interval, in minutes, at which ESP 
Server re-sends warning messages when disk space 
is low. For example, if you set this property to 5, 
ESP Server re-sends warning messages at least five 
minutes apart. 
diskmon.emailprefix If set, ESP Server will prefix the subject line of the 
warning email with this property’s value. Use this 
field if you automatically filter subject lines. 
Monitoring the shared directory availability 
If the NFS server where the shared directory resides becomes unavailable, ESP Server 
stops processing workflow. When the NFS server becomes available, ESP Server will 
continue processing workflow normally. No workflow is lost during the unavailable 
period. 
To test access to the shared directory, ESP Server performs a check of the time it takes 
to write and delete an 8K file to and from the shared directory. If the time to write and 
delete the file exceeds a threshold value, ESP Server sends an SNMP message and 
email warning that access to the shared directory is slow. If ESP Server can’t write the 
file, it sends an SNMP message and email warning that the shared directory is 
unresponsive. In this case, the NFS server may be down. 
28 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
Setting the warning threshold for monitoring the shared directory 
availability 
If you are receiving too many warning messages, you can increase the time set by the 
Max. acceptable disk write time parameter. The default threshold value is 1000ms. 
To set the warning threshold 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select 
Configure shared parameters. 
The Server shared parameters view appears. 
5. In the Max. acceptable disk write time field, enter the time (in milliseconds). 
6. Click Update to save your change. 
7. Recycle ESP Server. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 29
Section–Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP Server 
Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP 
Server 
When you install ESP Server on Windows, you must install it as a Windows service. If 
you want to change the service name after installing ESP Server, you can by following 
this procedure. 
To change the Windows service name for ESP Server 
1. Run the removeServices.bat script located in the 
<installDir>/Resources/Service directory. 
The removeServices script removes the ESP Server display name from the 
Windows Services dialog. 
2. Open the espressoparm.txt file located in the 
<installDir>/Resources/Service directory. 
3. In the espressoparm file, change the Windows service name by modifying the 
following parameters: 
• Servicename 
• Servicedisplayname 
Note: Cybermation recommends you use the same name for both parameters. The 
name must not include any spaces. You can use upper and lower characters in the 
name. 
4. Run the addServices.bat script located in the 
<installDir>/Resources/Service directory. 
The addServices script adds the ESP Server display name to the Windows Services 
dialog. 
Installing the ESP High Security Option 
Stand-alone configuration 
To install the ESP High Security Option on a single ESP Server 
1. Stop ESP Server. 
2. Copy the strongencryption.jar file into the following ESP Server 
directory: 
<installDir>/JAR_Library 
30 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 
3. Edit the following variables. 
• On UNIX: 
Edit the classpath variable in <installDir>/classpath.sh to 
include strongencryption.jar by appending $JAR_LIB/ 
strongencryption.jar to export CLASSPTH. 
• On Windows: 
Edit the classpath variable in <installDir>/Resources/Service/ 
espressoparms.txt and the lax.class.path variable in 
<installDir>/startServer.lax 
Changing the classpath and lax.class.path variables will enable 
strong encryption for running ESP Server as a Windows service and as a 
console application, respectively. 
4. Start ESP Server. 
ESP High Availability configuration 
To install the ESP High Security Option in an ESP High Availability configuration 
1. Install the ESP High Security Option on the Standby. Follow the instructions 
above for the stand-alone configuration. When you have completed this step, the 
Standby should be running. 
2. Using the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective, open the Command Console 
and invoke the changerole command against either the Primary or Standby. 
3. Install the ESP High Security Option on the Primary. Follow the instructions 
above for the stand-alone configuration. When you have completed this step, the 
Primary should be running. 
4. Using the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective, open the Command Console 
and invoke the changerole command against either the Primary or Standby. 
Related topics 
“Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server” on 
page 51. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 31
Section–Installing the ESP High Security Option 
32 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• Supported ESP Agents and related documentation 
• Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
• Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server 
• Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server 
• Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters 
• Defining ESP Agent users 
• Configuring the z/OS ESP Agent 
• Controlling ESP Agents 
For information about ESP Agent maintenance, see Chapter 10, “Cybermation 
ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures.”. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 33
Section–Supported ESP Agents and related documentation 
Supported ESP Agents and related documentation 
Cybermation ESP: dSeries supports the following types of ESP Agents: 
• ESP System Agent (for UNIX and Windows) 
• ESP Agent for z/OS 
• ESP Business Agent for PeopleSoft 
• ESP Business Agent for SAP Solutions 
• ESP Business Agent for Oracle E-Business Suite 
• ESP Business Agent for Micro Focus Enterprise Server 
Related documentation 
For detailed information for a specific ESP Agent, refer to its associated 
documentation. The following documents are supplied for each ESP Agent: 
• Release Notes 
• Administrator’s Guide 
To schedule and monitor workflow on different operating system using ESP Agents, 
refer to the Cybermation ESP: dSeries User’s Guide. 
Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
You can install ESP Agents on various operating systems to run workflow using ESP 
Server. You can also configure virtual ESP Agents. A virtual ESP Agent is one that 
runs with a Tandem or OpenVMS parent ESP Agent. The parent ESP Agent routes 
requests to the virtual ESP Agent. 
To set up an ESP Agent to work with ESP Server, complete the following steps. 
Step Activity Page 9 
1. Prepare to install ESP Agent 35 
2. Install and configure ESP Agent. 35 
3. Add ESP Agent to the ESP Server Topology. 35 
4. Set up ESP Agent security on ESP Server. 37 
34 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Step Activity Page 9 
5. Start ESP Agent. 46 
6. Check the communication between ESP Agent and ESP Server. 47 
7. Run a test Application to verify your setup. 47 
Prepare to install ESP Agent 
Before you install ESP Agent, complete these steps: 
• Verify the system requirements 
To ensure your system meets the requirements, refer to the Release Notes for the 
specific ESP Agent you are installing. 
• Collect the information you need to install ESP Agent 
Refer to the Administrator’s Guide for the information you must collect. 
Install and configure ESP Agent 
For installation and configuration instructions, refer to the Administrator’s Guide 
provided with each ESP Agent. 
Note: Ensure you have enough licenses available before adding a new ESP Agent to 
the ESP Server topology. To check your license status, see “Viewing your license 
status” on page 26. 
Add ESP Agent to the ESP Server Topology 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the Topology view, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Add Agent. 
The New Agent view appears. 
5. In the Agent type field, select the type of ESP Agent you want to add. 
The Properties tab appears. 
6. Complete the following mandatory fields: 
• Name — agentname parameter from the ESP Agent’s agentparm.txt file. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 35
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Note: ESP Server converts the ESP Agent name into uppercase. Ensure the 
agentname parameter in the agentparm.txt file is in uppercase; 
otherwise, ESP Server and ESP Agent cannot communicate. 
• Address — IP address or DNS name of the machine where ESP Agent is 
installed. 
• Port number — IP port number ESP Agent uses to listen for traffic. This port 
number must match the communication.inputport field in the 
agentparm.txt file. 
• Release number — Release number for ESP Agent. 
• Encryption key — security.cryptkey parameter from the 
agentparm.txt file, minus the prefix 0x. 
• Heartbeat frequency (in minutes) — Frequency with which you want ESP Server 
to send the heartbeat signal. If you want individual ESP Agents to have their 
own heartbeat frequencies, set the shared configuration parameter Global Agent 
heartbeat frequency to zero. 
• Heartbeat attempts before sending an SNMP notification — Number of heartbeat 
signals the ESP Server attempts before it sends an SNMP message indicating 
ESP Agent inactivity. 
7. Enter values for the other fields, as required. 
8. To add a virtual ESP Agent to a Tandem or OpenVMS parent ESP Agent, 
complete the following steps: 
a. Click the Virtual ESP Agent tab. 
b. Enter the parameter values for the virtual ESP Agent. 
9. If an ESP Agent user specified in a job definition requires a password, define ESP 
Agent users. 
a. Click the Users tab. 
b. Click Add. 
The Add ESP Agent User dialog appears. 
c. Complete the required fields: User ID, Password, and Confirm Password. 
10. Click Update. 
Set up security 
To set up security, complete the following steps. 
Step Activity Page 9 
1. Set up ESP Agent security on ESP Server. 37 
2. Set up 56-bit encryption on ESP Server. 37 
3. Set up encryption on ESP Agent. 38 
36 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Step Activity Page 9 
4. Turn on ESP Agent security. 38 
5. Set up local security on ESP Agent. 39 
6. Reload the ESP Agent security file. 45 
Set up ESP Agent security on ESP Server 
To control ESP Agent access, you must set up the following security permissions on 
ESP Server. 
Access to Requires Allow Access to this 
permission 
Type of Access 
ESP Agents AGENT.agentname Run work on the ESP Agent 
specified by agentname 
User IDs AGENTUSR.agentname.user 
id 
Run a job on the ESP Agent 
specified by agentname under 
the user ID specified by userid 
Issue 
commands 
AGENTMSG.cmd.agentname Issue ESP Agent control commands 
to the ESP Agent specified by 
agentname. 
Note: cmd is APPCMD. 
Related topics 
“Set up local security on ESP Agent” on page 39 
Set up 56-bit encryption on ESP Server 
You must set up regular 56-bit encryption on ESP Server by specifying the encryption 
key for your ESP Agent in the ESP Server Topology. If you are eligible, you can also 
set up strong (256-bit) encryption. 
To set up 56-bit encryption on ESP Server 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent and select View Properties. 
5. In the Encryption key field, enter the encryption key for ESP Agent. This is the same 
key specified in the security.cryptkey parameter in the agentparm.txt 
file, but without the prefix “0x”. 
6. Click Update. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 37
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Related topics 
“Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server” on 
page 51 
Set up encryption on ESP Agent 
To set up encryption on ESP Agent, add the security.cryptkey parameter to the 
agentparm.txt file located in the ESP Agent installation directory. 
The value for the security.cryptkey parameter on ESP Agent must match the 
encryption key defined for ESP Agent on ESP Server. If these values do not match, 
encryption will fail and communication will not be allowed between ESP Server and 
ESP Agent. 
Tip: To locate the encryption key, use the Admin perspective to open the Topology 
view for the Agent. 
Syntax 
security.cryptkey=<pathcryptkey.txt|Key> 
Example 
security.cryptkey=0x0102030405060708 
The security.cryptkey parameter turns on encryption and automatically turns 
on Level 2 message prefixing, which is required for encryption. Level 2 message 
prefixing is required in all instances. If security.cryptkey is set, ESP Agent uses 
Level 2 message prefixing regardless of the value specified in the 
communication.prefixlevel parameter. 
Turn on ESP Agent security 
1. In the agentparm.txt file located in the ESP Agent installation directory, 
change the value of the security.level parameter to on. 
security.level=on 
2. Stop and restart ESP Agent. 
38 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Related topics 
“Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters” on page 55 
Set up local security on ESP Agent 
Important: In this section, examples apply to UNIX operating systems. Paths 
contain forward slashes, no drive is identified, and references are made 
to root authority. Apart from these items, however, the examples apply 
to ESP Agent on Windows also. 
About the security file 
The ESP Agent security file is named security.txt. It must reside in the ESP 
Agent installation directory. If the file does not exist, default security rules apply, as 
described under “Default security rules” on page 40. 
The security file contains three types of rules: 
• Rules that allow or prevent ESP Server users from submitting jobs that run under 
a specific user ID, from a specific directory. These rules begin with the letter x, as 
follows: 
x <a | d> <ESP_HostuserID> <Agent_UserID> path 
• Rules that allow or prevent an FTP user ID from issuing FTP-related commands 
to files in specified directories. These rules begin with the letter f, as follows: 
f <a | d> <FTP_UserID> <operation> <path> 
Note: Paths are case sensitive. 
• Rules that allow or prevent a user ID the authority to issue control commands to 
ESP Agent. These rules begin with the letter c, as follows: 
c <a | d> <ESP_HostuserID> CONTROL command 
Note: ESP Agent security rules do not override permissions set at the operating system 
level. 
Rule parameter descriptions 
The following describes the rule parameters. 
Entry Description 
rule type Identifies the ESP Agent rule type 
(x) identifies a rule controlling execution of scripts and 
commands. 
(c) identifies a rule controlling operational commands to an ESP 
Agent. 
(f ) identifies FTP commands. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 39
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Entry Description (Continued) 
permission Identifies whether access is allowed or denied. This parameter 
contains two possible values: 
• a indicates permission is allowed. 
• d indicates permission is denied. 
ESP_HostuserID Identifies the ESP Host Manager name or the ESP Host user ID 
this rule applies to 
Agent_UserID Identifies the user ID on the ESP Agent machine under which the 
job is run 
FTP_UserID Identifies the FTP user ID this rule applies to 
path Identifies the path ESP Host is allowed to submit jobs from, using 
the user ID identified by Agent_UserID 
operation Identifies the FTP command. Valid commands are 
• list — Changes directory and list files (CD, LIST, 
NLST) 
• read — Retrieves the file (RETR) 
• write — Stores the file or makes a directory (STOR, 
STOU, RNFR, RNTO, MKD) 
• delete — Deletes the file or directory (DELE, RMD) 
Note: The above commands apply to ESP Agent as FTP server. 
For FTP jobs, only read and write apply. 
command Identifies the control command. Valid commands are: shutdown, 
refresh, clrfiles, flush, quiesce, and restart. You can also specify an 
asterisk (*) for all commands. 
Default security rules 
When ESP Agent starts, it checks for the security file. 
• If the file does not exist, default security rules apply. 
• If the file exists, ESP Agent uses the rules defined in the file. It does not use the 
default security rules. If a request does not have a match in the security file, ESP 
Agent denies the request. 
• If the file does not exist and ESP Agent security is turned off in the 
agentparm.txt file (security.level=off ), ESP Agent does not check security. 
Note: The following default security rules apply when the security file does not exist, 
and ESP Agent security is turned on in the agentparm.txt file 
(security.level=on): 
x a * * + 
x d * root + 
c a * * * 
f a * * + 
Note: For ESP Agent on Windows, substitute Administrator for root. 
40 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Security rule for Micro Focus jobs 
If ESP Agent security is turned on (security.level=on), you must add the 
following security rule to the security.txt file in order to run Micro Focus jobs 
on the ESP Agent machine. This rule allows any ESP Server user to submit Micro 
Focus jobs that run under any ESP Agent user ID. 
x a * * cybMFCommand.exe 
If you do not want to allow all ESP Server users to submit MicroFocus jobs, you can 
restrict the submission of Micro Focus jobs to specific users instead. For example, the 
following rule allows the ESP Server user, SCHEDMASTER, to submit Micro Focus 
jobs that run under the ESP Agent user ID, SYSTEM. 
x a SCHEDMASTER SYSTEM cybMFCommand.exe 
If you do not add the Micro Focus security rule to the security.txt file and ESP 
Agent security is turned on, ESP Agent will not run Micro Focus jobs. 
Additional security file rules 
Wildcards 
The Cybermation Host name, user IDs, paths, verbs, and subverbs can contain a 
single wildcard character at the end of the field only. For wildcards, use the asterisk (*) 
and the plus sign (+). 
Wildcard Description 
Asterisk (*) Represents 0 or more character matches in the current directory 
only 
plus sign (+) Represents 0 or more character matches in the current directory 
and all subdirectories 
Start point and spacing 
Every security rule starts in column 1. Items on a line are 
• Separated by one or more blanks or tab characters. 
• End with a new-line character. 
Comment lines 
The file can contain comment lines. An asterisk (*) or a number sign (#) in column 1 
identifies comment lines. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 41
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Understanding security rule interpretation 
For a rule to match, three components of a rule have to match. If two or more rules 
match, the closest match overrides the others, as follows: 
Interpretation Explanation 
A specific rule overrides a generic rule. A generic rule 
is a rule that contains wildcards. 
If both rules are generic, the more specific one 
overrides the other. 
The ESP_HostuserID user ID takes precedence over 
the server user ID, and the server user ID takes 
precedence over the directory name. 
If there is still ambiguity after these rules have been 
applied, a deny rule will override an allow rule. 
Security file example #1 
/u1/jsmith 
overrides 
/u1/jsmith* 
/u1/jsmith/scripts/* 
overrides 
/u1/jsmith* 
/u1/jsmith/scripts/a* 
overrides 
/u1/jsmith/scripts* 
A rule is considered a closer match if 
the ESP_HostuserID is a closer 
match. If the ESP_HostuserIDs of 
two rules are the same, the rule with 
the closest matching server ID 
overrides the other. 
c d root * * 
overrides 
c a root * * 
Line Security File Example #1 
1 # Example 1 
2 * Last updated on August 01, 2002. 
3 x a * * + 
4 x d * gem* + 
5 x a * root /prod/employee+ 
6 x d * root /prod/employee* 
7 x a * root /prod/+ 
8 x d * root /prod/expense 
9 x a * root /prod/* 
10 x d * root /prod/+ 
11 c a * CONTROL * 
Note: You must specify both types of permissions (x and c) even if there is no change 
to one of the entry types. 
Line Explanation of Security File Example #1 
1 Comment line 
42 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Line Explanation of Security File Example #1 (Continued) 
2 Comment line 
3 Allows the ESP Server user to submit jobs under any user ID, from all directories 
4 Prohibits the ESP Server user from submitting jobs under gem, or any user IDs 
that begin with gem, from all directories 
5 Allows the ESP Server user to submit the following jobs as root 
Job Example 
A job called employee from 
directory 
/prod/ 
All jobs beginning with employee 
from directory /prod/ 
All jobs from the subdirectory 
/prod/employee/ or its 
subdirectories 
All jobs from directories whose name 
begins with employee in directory 
/prod/ or their subdirectories 
6 Prohibits the ESP Host user from submitting any jobs called employee, or any 
jobs that begin with employee, as root in directory /prod/ 
7 Allows the ESP Host user to submit all jobs as root from directory /prod/ and 
onwards 
8 Prohibits the ESP Host user from submitting the job expense as root from 
/prod/ 
9 Allows the ESP Host user to submit all jobs as root in directory /prod/ 
10 Denies the ESP Host user from submitting any jobs as root from directory 
/prod/ and onwards 
11 Allows all users to issue all control commands to this ESP Agent 
Security file example #2 
/prod/employee 
/prod/employee_pay 
/prod/employee_vacation 
/prod/employee/fulltime_pay 
/prod/employee/sales/ 
fulltime_pay 
/prod/employee1999/ 
fulltime-pay 
/prod/employee1999/sales/ 
fulltime_pay 
Line Example 
1 # Example 2 
2 * Last updated on February 28, 2002. 
3 x a SCHED* root /prod/+ 
4 x a ADM* root* /prod/* 
5 x a JSMITH * /prod/+ 
6 c a MANAGER CONTROL * 
7 f a * * + 
8 f d user1 write /prod/* 
9 f a user1 write /prod/W* 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 43
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Line Example (Continued) 
10 f d l* read /prod/report* 
11 f a user2 * /program files/ 
Line Explanation of Security File Example #2 
1 Comment line 
2 Comment line 
3 Allows any ESP Host user ID beginning with SCHED to submit jobs as root from 
the directory /prod/ and onwards 
4 Allows any ESP Host user ID beginning with ADM to submit jobs as root, or under 
any user ID beginning with root, in directory /prod/ 
5 Allows JSMITH to submit jobs under any user ID from directory /prod/ and 
onwards 
6 Allows MANAGER to issue all control commands to this Agent 
7 Allows all users to submit any FTP jobs in any directory 
8 Denies user1 writing to any file in the directory /prod/ 
9 Allows user1 to write to any file starting with W in directory /prod 
10 Denies all users whose ID starts with the letter l read access to any file that begins 
with report in the directory /prod/ 
11 Allows user2 from using all FTP operations in any directory starting with 
/program_files/cyb and any subdirectories 
How the security file works 
1. A sample security.txt file contains these entries. 
cyb+ 
c a * * * 
x d * * + 
x a SCHEDMASTER UNIXUSR1 /usr/+ 
This file allows Cybermation ESP: dSeries user SCHEDMASTER to submit jobs 
under user UNIXUSR1 from directory /usr/ and its subdirectories. 
2. Security is turned on in the agentparm.txt file: 
security.level=on 
3. The job definition includes the user ID under which the job is to be run 
(UNIXUSR1 in the sample above), as shown in the following job definition 
examples: 
44 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Cybermation ESP: dSeries job definition 
Reload the ESP Agent security file 
The refresh command reloads an ESP Agent’s security file. 
To reload ESP Agent’s security file 
1. Connect to the ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
agentmsg control agentname(agentname) refresh 
agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose security file you want to reload. 
The command reloads the ESP Agent’s security file. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 45
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Start ESP Agent 
Starting ESP Agent on UNIX 
1. Change to the directory ESP Agent is installed in. 
2. Enter the following command: 
./cybAgent & 
The ESP Agent runs in the background. 
Note: Before you start ESP Agent, make sure the cybAgent process and related Java 
processes from the previous run of ESP Agent were shut down correctly. 
Starting ESP Agent on Windows using the Start Agent program 
shortcut 
Click the Start Agent program shortcut. 
Starting ESP Agent on Windows from the Control Panel 
1. Open the Windows Control Panel. 
2. Double-click Administrative Tools. 
3. Double-click Services. 
4. Right-click the ESP Agent service and click Start. 
The default name for ESP Agent is ESP System Agent for Microsoft 
Windows. 
Starting ESP Agent on Windows from the command prompt 
1. Change to the directory ESP Agent is installed in. 
By default, ESP Agent is installed in 
C:Program FilesCybermationESP System Agent 
2. Enter one of the following: 
• cybAgent -a 
• net start Service_Name 
Starting ESP Agent on Windows automatically 
By default, the service is installed as Manual Startup Type. It is not started on system 
startup. You can start ESP Agent manually via the Control Panel or command 
prompt. You can set the Service Startup Type as Automatic, and the service will start 
at startup. 
1. Open the Windows Control Panel. 
2. Double-click Administrative Tools. 
46 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
3. Double-click Services. 
4. Right-click the ESP Agent service and select Properties. 
The default name for ESP Agent is ESP System Agent for Microsoft 
Windows. 
5. At Startup type on the Properties dialog, select Automatic. 
Check the communication between ESP Agent and ESP Server 
If you have administrator access to ESP Server, you can verify communications 
between ESP Agent and ESP Server by checking the afmlog.txt file. 
1. After defining ESP Agent to ESP Server, start ESP Agent. 
2. Wait for a minute to ensure that communication between ESP Server and ESP 
Agent is established. 
3. Open the afmlog.txt file located in <installDir>/Resources/ 
LogFiles (UNIX) or <installDir>ResourcesLogFiles (Windows). 
4. Search the afmlog.txt file for ESP Agent name and check for one of the 
following types of responses (a or b): 
a. The words RESPONSE STATUS, as shown in bold in the example below. 
20040531 11364082+0400 MANAGER AGENT 
2004053111363993+0400/MANAGER.1/MAIN RESPONSE STATUS 
Plugin(CybControlStatusHandler) User(AGENT) 
Host(HOSTNAME) 
b. The words CONTROL ACTIVE, as shown in bold in the example below: 
20040614 11070459+0400 MANAGER AGENT . CONTROL ACTIVE 
OSText(Windows 2000 for x86) ByUser(User) User(AGENT) 
Host(HOSTNAME) 
Run a test Application to verify your setup 
This section describes the steps to create a test Application to verify ESP Agent works 
with Cybermation ESP: dSeries. In this verification test, you create an Application that 
contains one job. 
Note: Before you run the following procedures, ensure ESP Server, the relational 
database server, and ESP Agent are running. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 47
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Step 1: Define your workflow 
Connecting to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client 
1. Launch ESP Desktop Client. 
2. In the Connect to ESP dialog, enter a user ID and password, and click Connect. 
The welcome screen appears. 
Tip: If your ESP Server is not the default connection name, select the connection 
name, and enter the appropriate user ID and password for the ESP Server. 
Creating an Application 
1. From the welcome screen, click the Define icon. 
The Define perspective opens. Ensure Application Workspace is the active view. 
2. In the Application Workspace view, right-click your ESP Server name and click 
New. 
The Application Properties dialog appears. 
3. In the Name field, enter Quick and click OK. 
The Event Triggers and Workflow Objects palettes appear in an Application view 
labelled Quick. 
Note: You can resize and move the views to suit your requirements. 
Defining an Event Trigger in the Application 
You define an Event to schedule the workflow. When an Event is triggered, the 
Application runs. 
Setup: Ensure the tab containing the Application name Quick is active. 
1. From the Event Triggers palette, click Trigger. 
2. Click the workspace to the right of the palette. 
A Trigger job icon appears on the workspace. 
3. Right-click the Trigger icon and click Edit. 
The New Date/Time Event view appears. 
4. In the Prefix field, enter a prefix that identifies the Event you want to create. 
An Event name has two parts: a prefix and a descriptive name. The prefix allows 
you to group Events together. For example, a prefix could be the name of a user 
ID or group ID. You can list Events based on their prefix. 
5. In the Name field, enter a name for the Event. 
Event names must be unique. You can give your Event a name related to the 
function the Event is performing. For this scenario, enter Quick. 
48 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
6. In the Application to run field, enter Quick. 
7. In the Specify schedule criteria section, click the Add Row button. 
8. In the Statement field, enter Run. 
9. In the Criteria field, enter 4 pm daily. 
10. Click Upload to upload the Event definition to ESP Server. 
A message appears informing you when this Event will first execute. 
Defining a job in the Application 
For this test Application, create a script or batch file on the ESP Agent machine for 
the test job: 
1. Using Notepad or another text editor, create a file. 
2. In the file, type exit. 
3. Save the file as test.bat (Windows) or test.sh (UNIX). 
Remember where you stored the test file. 
You can verify communication between ESP Agent and ESP Server using a job type 
(for example, UNIX and Windows jobs) that can run the test file you created. 
Setup: Ensure the tab containing the Application name Quick is active. 
1. From the Workflow Objects job palette, click the job type that matches your ESP 
Agent machine. For example, choose the UNIX job type if your ESP Agent is 
installed on a UNIX machine. 
2. Click the workspace to the right of the job palette. 
A job icon appears on the workspace. 
3. Right-click the job icon and click Edit. 
The job definition dialog appears. 
4. In the Name field, enter a name for the job or use the default. 
5. In the Agent name field, enter or select the ESP Agent name. 
6. In the Command to run field, enter the full path to the test file you created. 
7. Click OK. 
Uploading the Application to ESP Server 
In the Application Workspace view, right-click the Quick Application and click Upload. 
The Application is uploaded to ESP Server. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 49
Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server 
Simulating the Event 
Use the simulation feature to see a graphical representation of the test Application for 
the Event Trigger schedule criteria. 
1. Right-click the Trigger icon and click Simulate. 
The Simulate the Event dialog appears. 
2. Leave the fields blank and click OK. 
Both a graphical representation and a text-based representation of the Application 
appear. 
Step 2: Run your workflow 
The Application runs according to the criteria you define in the Event Trigger. 
However, you can also trigger the Event manually to run immediately. 
Triggering the Event manually 
1. Click the >> icon and click Event Manager. 
The Event Manager view appears. 
2. In the Event Manager view, click the plus (+) sign beside Connections. 
3. Double-click your ESP Server name. 
The Events view for your ESP Server appears. 
4. In the Prefix field, enter the prefix the test Application is grouped under, and click 
List. 
A list of the events under the specified prefix appears. 
5. Right-click the test Application name Quick and click Trigger. 
The Trigger the Event dialog appears. 
6. Leave now in the Schedule criteria field (because you will trigger the Event 
immediately) and select Submit Application on hold. 
7. Click OK. 
Step 3: Monitor your workflow 
Viewing the Application 
1. Click the >> icon and click Monitor. 
The Application View view appears. 
2. In Application View, click the plus (+) sign beside ESP Servers. 
3. Right-click your ESP Server name and click Subscribe Active. 
A plus (+) sign appears beside the ESP Server name. 
50 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
4. Click the plus (+) sign beside the ESP Server name. 
All active Applications that you have access to appears. 
5. Click the plus (+) sign beside the test Application name Quick. 
The QUICK folder expands, and a folder for each Application generation appears. 
6. Double-click the test Application generation. 
A graphical view of the test Application appears. 
Monitoring the Application 
Monitor the jobs in the graphical view. One by one the jobs start and end, and status 
information is updated. Some of the jobs may go into a WAITING state because they 
have built-in time delays. You should see all jobs in a COMPLETE state within a few 
minutes. Once the final job goes into a COMPLETE state, your setup is successful. 
As jobs in an Application pass through different states, the job label indicates the job’s 
state and the border surrounding the job icon changes color. 
• Jobs with a blue border are in a COMPLETE state. 
• Jobs with a green border are in an EXEC state (the job is running). 
• Jobs with a red border are in a TROUBLE state. 
If the job label indicates AGENTDOWN, it means that ESP Agent is not running or 
that Cybermation ESP: dSeries cannot contact ESP Agent. Ensure the Topology entries 
for ESP Agent match what you specified during installation. If you set up Strong 
Encryption for this Agent, ensure the encryption key is the same on ESP Agent and 
Cybermation ESP: dSeries. 
If a job goes into a SUBERROR state, it usually means the path to the command file 
is wrong. 
Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and 
ESP Server 
You can set up strong (256-bit) encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP 
Server. Support for strong encryption is only available with Release 7 ESP System 
Agents. 
Important: The high security option for ESP Server and ESP System Agent is 
subject to export controls. To determine whether you are eligible for 
this option, contact Cybermation. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 51
Section–Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server 
To set up strong encryption between ESP Agents and ESP Server, complete the 
following steps. 
Step Activity Page 9 
1. Set up strong encryption on ESP Agent. 52 
2. Enable strong encryption for ESP Agent in the ESP Server 
topology. 
3. Restart ESP Agent. 53 
4. Test the encryption between ESP Server and ESP Agent. 54 
Note: You must install the ESP Server High Security Option. 
Set up strong encryption on ESP Agent 
53 
After you install the standard edition of ESP System Agent R7, you run the 
strongEncrypt executable file you obtain from Cybermation. 
To set up strong encryption on ESP Agent 
1. Obtain the strongEncrypt executable file for ESP System Agent R7 from 
Cybermation. 
2. Stop ESP Agent if it is running. 
3. Run the strongEncrypt executable file: 
• On UNIX: 
At the command prompt, type ./strongEncrypt.bin -i console 
• On Windows, double-click the strongEncrypt.exe file. 
Note: The installation program prompts you for the path to ESP Agent. Make 
note of the path. You use this path in step 4. 
4. Use a command prompt and change to the ESP Agent installation directory. 
5. Run the CybKeygen utility that the strongEncrypt file installed. 
• On UNIX: 
Type CybKeygen.sh 0xkey strong 
• On Windows: 
Type cybkeygen.bat 0xkey strong 
where key is the strong encryption key. This key must be 16 to 64 characters 
long. You can specify up to 64 alphanumeric characters, using any digit and letters 
A through F only. 
52 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Note: Make note of your new encryption key. You need this key when you enable 
strong encryption of ESP Agent in the ESP Server topology. 
Running the CybKeygen utility does the following: 
• Converts the encryption key defined in the agentparm.txt file 
(security.cryptkey parameter) and creates cryptkey.txt. 
• Sets the value of the security.cryptkey parameter in the 
agentparm.txt file to the path of the cryptkey.txt. 
• Installs a utility called CybKeygen. 
Enable strong encryption for ESP Agent in the ESP Server topology 
You use the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective to configure ESP Agent. The key 
you specified for ESP Agent using the CybKeygen utility and the key you specify 
using the ESP Server topology must be the same. If the keys are different, ESP Server 
and ESP Agent cannot communicate and you receive an AGENTDOWN state when you 
try to run workflow. 
To enable strong encryption for ESP Agent in the ESP Server topology 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent and select View Properties. 
5. Change the value of these parameters: 
• Encryption Key — Enter the encryption key you created for ESP Agent using the 
CybKeygen utility. Do not enter the "0x" used as the prefix when you 
changed the key using the CybKeygen utility. 
• Strong Encryption Enabled — Select true. 
6. To accept the changes, click Update. 
Restart ESP Agent 
After you have set up strong encryption on ESP Agent and enabled strong encryption 
in the ESP Server topology, restart ESP Agent. 
To restart ESP Agent 
1. On the ESP Agent machine, change to the ESP Agent installation directory. 
2. At the command prompt, enter the following command to stop ESP Agent: 
• On UNIX 
./cybAgent -s 
• On Windows 
cybAgent -s 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 53
Section–Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server 
3. Enter the following command to start ESP Agent: 
• On UNIX 
./cybAgent & 
• On Windows 
cybAgent -a 
Test the encryption between ESP Server and ESP Agent 
You can run and monitor a simple Application, like the VERIFY Application 
packaged with ESP Server, to test the communication between ESP Server and ESP 
Agent. 
Note: If you use the VERIFY Application, make sure you change the ESP Agent name 
to the ESP Agent you are testing. 
Troubleshooting 
When there is a communication problem between ESP Server and ESP Agent, the 
AGENTDOWN state appears for the jobs in the Monitor perspective. The following are 
possible causes: 
• ESP Agent is not started. 
• ESP Server and ESP Agent have different encryption keys. 
• The parameters in ESP Server’s Topology are different than the ones defined in 
the agentparm.txt file. Make sure the values of parameters listed in the table 
below are the same. 
Topology agentparm.txt Value 
Name agentname 
Parent communication.managerid 
Address communication.manageraddress 
Port 
communication.inputport 
number 
Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
54 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
4. In the Topology view, right-click the ESP Agent you want to remove and select 
Remove Agent. 
The ESP Agent disappears from the Topology view. 
Note: If you remove a parent ESP Agent that contains virtual ESP Agents, the parent 
and all its virtual ESP Agents are removed. Also, if you remove all the virtual ESP 
Agents from a parent ESP Agent, that parent is also removed. 
Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the Topology view, right-click the ESP Agent whose properties you want to 
modify and select View Properties. 
5. Change the parameter values, as required. 
For parameter descriptions, select the field and press F1. 
6. To save your changes, click the save icon at the top right corner of the Agent view. 
Note: For the changes to take effect, you must recycle (stop and restart) ESP Agent. 
Changing the log level on ESP Agent 
Dependency: ESP System Agent Release 7 
You can change the log level on a remote ESP System Agent without restarting it. Log 
levels specify the type of information to record in the ESP Agent log files, which help 
in troubleshooting ESP Agent problems. 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
agentmsg control agentname(agentname) loglevel(2|3|4|5) 
persistent(TRUE|FALSE) 
agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose log level you want to change. 
Example 
agentmsg control agentname(WINAGENT) loglevel(5) 
persistent(TRUE) 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 55
Section–Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters 
Log levels 
ESP Agent supports log levels 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, where level 0 provides the least 
information and level 5 provides the most. 
• Levels 0, 1, and 2 create logs of any errors including the receiver and transmitter 
logs. 
• Level 3 adds queues. 
• Levels 4 and 5 add debugging information. 
Level 2 is adequate for general, initial testing, and level 0 is adequate for production 
unless problems arise requiring more details for troubleshooting. 
For more information on the log files created for each log level, see the 
troubleshooting chapter in the Cybermation ESP System Agent Administrator’s Guide. 
Changing the log level permanently 
The persistent operand enables you to change the log level permanently. 
• If the change is not permanent (the persistent operand is set to FALSE), the 
log level is changed for the current session only. The log level is reset to the level 
defined in the agentparm.txt file the next time ESP Agent is restarted. 
• If the change is permanent (the persistent operand is set to TRUE), the 
log.level parameter in the agentparm.txt file is updated with the new log 
level. A backup copy of the original agentparm.txt file is created with the 
name agentparm.txt.manager.<date_time_stamp>.txt. 
Defining ESP Agent users 
If an ESP Agent user specified in a job definition requires a password, such as 
Windows, SAP, PeopleSoft, FTP, and database users do, you must define the user to 
ESP Server. This procedure does not apply to UNIX and Oracle users. 
To define an ESP Agent user 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent you want to add the user to and select 
View Properties. 
The ESP Agent view appears. 
5. Click the Users tab. 
6. Click Add. 
The Add Agent User dialog appears. 
56 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
7. Complete the required fields: User ID, Password, and Confirm Password. 
8. Click Update. 
Changing an ESP Agent user’s password 
To change an ESP Agent user’s password 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent you want to change a user’s password 
for and select View Properties. 
5. Click the Users tab. 
6. Select the user and click Change Password. 
The Change password dialog appears. 
7. Complete the required fields and save. 
Configuring the z/OS ESP Agent 
To use the z/OS ESP Agent, you need to specify the encryption key the z/OS ESP 
Agent uses to communicate with ESP Server. 
Note: In an ESP High Availability configuration, the z/OS ESP Agent requires PTF 
SU02174 to run z/OS workflow. 
To configure the z/OS ESP Agent’s encryption key in the ESP Server topology 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the Topology view, right-click the z/OS ESP Agent you want to configure and 
select View Properties. 
5. In the Encryption key field, enter the encryption key that is defined for the 
COMMCHAN initialization parameter in the z/OS ESP Agent's Agent definition 
data set. 
Note: All z/OS ESP Agents must use the same encryption key to communicate 
with ESP Server. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 57
Section–Controlling ESP Agents 
Related procedures 
• To add the z/OS ESP Agent to the ESP Server network topology, see “Add ESP 
Agent to the ESP Server Topology” on page 35. 
• For information on configuring an ESP Agent definition data set, see the ESP 
System Agent IBM z/OS Installation and Configuration Guide. 
Controlling ESP Agents 
Use ESP Agent control commands to control ESP Agents from a client machine. 
Enter the following ESP Agent commands from the Command Console. 
Command Description Syntax 
shutdown Shuts down ESP Agent after all 
workload has completed 
refresh Reloads the ESP Agent security file agentmsg control 
clrfiles Clears the ESP Agent log files agentmsg control 
flush Purges all pending messages for the 
specified ESP Agent 
quiesce Holds all messages to be sent to the 
named ESP Agent. To resume message 
sending, use the restart command. 
restart Resumes sending messages to the named 
ESP Agent. Used following quiesce. 
Shutting down an ESP Agent 
agentmsg control 
agentname(agentname) shutdown 
agentname(agentname) refresh 
agentname(agentname) clrfiles 
agent agentname(agentname) flush 
agent agentname(agentname) 
quiesce 
agent agentname(agentname) 
restart 
You can shut down an ESP Agent currently processing workflow using the shutdown 
command. ESP Agent will shut down and all workflow will continue running. 
However, ESP Agent cannot track the workflow states. 
To shut down an ESP Agent 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
agentmsg control agentname(agentname) shutdown 
agentname is the name of the ESP Agent you want to shut down. 
58 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 
Clearing ESP Agent receiver messages 
ESP Agent receiver messages are messages sent to an ESP Agent to tell it what 
workflow needs to be processed. These messages are queued to await processing. By 
issuing the flush command, you can clear these pending messages. 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
agent agentname(agentname) flush 
agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose messages you want to clear. 
This command clears all workload processing messages in the queue. 
Holding ESP Agent receiver messages 
The quiesce command holds all ESP Agent receiver messages in the queue until you 
enter the restart command. 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
agent agentname(agentname) quiesce 
agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose receiver messages you want to 
hold. 
The command holds all ESP Agent receiver messages in the queue until you enter 
the restart command. 
Resuming message sending to an ESP Agent 
The restart command resumes sending messages the quiesce command previously 
held. 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 59
Section–Controlling ESP Agents 
4. Enter the following command: 
agent agentname(agentname) restart 
agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose messages you want to resume 
sending. 
The command releases all messages the quiesce command previously held. 
60 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Establishing and Controlling Security 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• About ESP Server security 
• Working with users 
• Working with groups 
• Summary of security permissions 
• Setting up your ESP Server security network 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 61
Section–About ESP Server security 
About ESP Server security 
ESP Server security is maintained through a set of security profiles. A security profile 
can represent a user or a group (a collection of users). Security profiles have 
permissions associated with them. For example, they determine access levels to 
Applications and ESP Server topology information. 
Users 
You define users with a user ID and password. You then grant them certain 
permissions that determine their access within ESP Server. 
Predefined users 
When you first install ESP Server, the installation program creates two predefined 
users: ADMIN and SCHEDMASTER. You must use these users to connect to ESP 
Server to perform post-installation tasks. When you create new users, these predefined 
users serve as models for security permissions. 
ADMIN user 
The ADMIN user contains the required permissions for administering ESP Server 
and is associated with the ADMINGRP group. The ADMIN’s default password is 
admin. 
SCHEDMASTER user 
The SCHEDMASTER user contains the required permissions for scheduling 
workflow and is associated with the SCHEDGRP group. The SCHEDMASTER’s 
default password is schedmaster. 
Related topics 
• “Creating a user” on page 66 
• “Creating a group” on page 69 
Groups 
You use groups to define the same set of permissions for different users. Once you 
assign permissions to a group, you can then associate users with that group. All users 
in a particular group share the permissions that belong to that group. Groups are 
useful for users who share common duties and activities. 
62 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Predefined groups 
When you first install ESP Server, it creates the following predefined groups: 
• ADMINGRP 
• EVERYONE 
• OPERGRP 
• SCHEDGRP 
Use these groups as models for other groups that you create. 
ADMINGRP 
The ADMINGRP group contains the required permissions for administering ESP 
Server. Users associated with this group can 
• View, add, and modify topology information 
• View, add, and modify security profiles 
• View, add, modify, lock, and unlock resource definitions 
• Use a resource in an Application 
• Add, change, and delete job definitions in the VERIFY Application 
• Lock and unlock the VERIFY Application 
• Download, display, and modify the VERIFY Application 
• Run the VERIFY Application 
• Issue commands against jobs in the VERIFY Application 
• Insert jobs into the VERIFY Application 
• Display and update the VERIFY Event 
• Issue commands against the VERIFY Event 
The ADMIN user belongs to this group. 
EVERYONE 
Every user automatically belongs to the EVERYONE group. Users associated with 
this group can 
• Read the SYSTEM calendar 
• Use terms defined in the SYSTEM calendar 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 63
Section–About ESP Server security 
OPERGRP 
The OPERGRP group contains permissions needed by operators to do their work. 
Users associated with this group can 
• Display any Alert definition. 
• Download and display any Application. 
• Run any Application. 
• Issue commands against jobs in all Applications. 
• Insert jobs into any Application. 
• Display any Event. 
• Issue commands against all Events. 
SCHEDGRP 
The SCHEDGRP contains permissions needed by schedulers to do their work. Users 
associated with this group can 
• View, add, delete, lock, unlock, and modify 
• Any Alert definition 
• Any Application 
• Any Calendar 
• Any resource definition 
• Any Event 
• Add, modify, and delete any job definitions in any Application 
• Run work on any ESP Agent 
• Issue ESP Agent control commands to any ESP Agent 
• Use any user ID on any ESP Agent 
• Reference any calendar in an Event 
• Use an Application during run time 
The SCHEDMASTER user belongs to this group. 
Related topics 
• “Creating a group” on page 69 
• “Adding, changing or removing group permissions” on page 69 
Permissions 
Permissions determine what type of access a user or group has to a particular element 
of ESP Server. You can also use permissions to restrict access to specific things. For 
example, you can restrict access to a specific Application. 
64 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Permissions can contain two types of access: 
• Alter, Update, or Read access 
• Allow or Deny access 
With Allow or Deny access, you can use Deny to create exceptions to a user or 
group’s normal access. For example, if a user needs to have access to all Calendars 
except the PAYCAL Calendar, you can give the user Allow access to 
CALENDAR.*, but create a permission with a Deny access called 
CALENDAR.PAYCAL. 
You add permissions to users and groups to define their security access. You can add 
permissions to a user or group when you first create them, or you can add them later. 
User vs. group permissions 
Sometimes a user belonging to group can contain permissions that contradict the 
group permissions. For example, a user with Allow access to AGENT.A1UNIX may 
belong to a group with a Deny permission for AGENT.A1UNIX. 
Also, in the case of permissions with Alter, Update, and Read access, a user may have a 
higher access level than the group. For example, a user may have Alter access to 
ADMIN.Security Files and belong to a group with Read access to ADMIN.Security 
Files. 
In these cases, the user permission always overrides the group permission. The user in 
the group with a Deny permission for AGENT.A1UNIX has Allow access to that ESP 
Agent, and the user who belongs to the group with Read access to ADMIN.Security 
Files has Alter access. 
Conventions for permissions 
Permissions follow a standard convention in this guide: 
permission.value (accesslevel) 
• permission is the name of the permission. 
• value defines what the permission affects. In the Security view, you select value 
from a dropdown menu when you add a permission to a user or group. You can 
use an asterisk(*) in the value field of most permissions to indicate that the value 
affects all aspects of the permission. 
• accesslevel defines the type of security access this permission allows. 
Depending on the type of permission, you can specify the following: 
• Alter, Update, or Read 
• Allow or Deny 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 65
Section–Working with users 
Working with users 
Creating a user 
When you first create a user, you can add permissions to it, or add it to groups as you 
create it, or you can modify the user’s details later. 
To create a user 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Click the Add new user icon. 
5. On the New User tab, complete the following fields: 
• User ID — The user’s user ID. Each user ID must be unique. The first 
character must be alphabetic, and the user ID cannot exceed 20 characters. 
User IDs convert to uppercase as you type them. 
• User Name — An optional user’s name 
• Password — The user’s password. The first character must be alphabetic, and 
the password cannot exceed 32 characters. Passwords are case-sensitive and 
must be different than the user ID. 
• Confirm Password —Enter the password again. 
6. To add the user to a group, select a group under Available Groups and click Add. 
7. To assign the user permissions, do the following: 
a. Click the Permission tab. 
b. Click Add. 
The Add Permissions dialog appears. 
c. In the Permission type field, select the permission you want to add. 
d. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. 
To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name 
set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. 
e. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. 
For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the 
levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. 
f. Click OK. 
The permission is added to the user. Repeat the previous step until you have 
added all the permissions the user needs. 
8. To add the user, click Update. 
66 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Adding, changing or removing user permissions 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Right-click the user you want to change permissions for and select View Details. 
5. Click the Permissions tab. 
6. To add a permission, do the following: 
a. Click Add. 
b. In the Permission type field, select the permission you want to add. 
c. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. 
To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name 
set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. 
d. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. 
For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the 
levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. 
e. Click OK. 
7. To change a permission, do the following: 
a. Select the permission you want to change. 
b. Click Edit. 
c. In the Edit permission dialog, make the required changes and click OK. 
8. To remove a permission, do the following: 
a. Select the permission you want to remove. 
b. Click Remove. 
c. Click Yes. 
9. When finished, click Update. 
Adding a user to a group 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Right-click the user you want to change permissions for and select View Details. 
5. On the Groups tab, select the group and click Add. 
• To select multiple groups, press the Shift key while you select. 
• To copy a group list from an existing user, use the Copy group list from user field. 
6. Click Update. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 67
Section–Working with users 
Removing a user from a group 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Right-click the user you want to change and select View Details. 
5. On the Groups tab, in the Connected Groups list, select the groups you want to 
remove and click Remove. 
6. Click Update. 
Changing a user’s name 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Right-click the user you want to change and select View Details. 
5. In the User Name field, enter the name and click Update. 
Removing a user from the ESP Server topology 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Right-click the user you want to remove and select Remove User. 
5. Click Yes. 
Note: Removing a user does not remove any groups associated with it. 
Related topics 
• “Users” on page 62 
• “Groups” on page 62 
• “Summary of security permissions” on page 72 
• “Resetting a user’s password” on page 12 
68 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Working with groups 
Creating a group 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Click the Group tab. 
5. Click Add new group. 
6. On the New Group tab, complete the following fields: 
• Name — Mandatory group name. Each group must have a unique name. A 
group name must start with an alphabetic character and cannot exceed 20 
characters. 
• Description — Brief description of the group. The first character must be 
alphabetic. The description cannot exceed 40 characters. 
7. To add users to the group, select a user under Available Users and click Add. 
Tip: To copy a user list from an existing group, use the Copy user list from group field. 
8. To assign the group permissions, do the following: 
a. Click the Permission tab. 
b. Click Add. 
c. On the Add Permissions tab, in the Permission type field, select the permission 
you want to add. 
d. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. 
To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name 
set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. 
e. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. 
For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the 
levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. 
f. Click OK. 
The permission is added to the group. Repeat the previous step until you have 
added all the permissions the user needs. 
Tip: To copy a permissions list from an existing group, use the Copy permission list 
from group field. 
9. To add the group, click Update. 
Adding, changing or removing group permissions 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 69
Section–Working with groups 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Click the Groups tab. 
5. To add a permission, do the following: 
a. Right-click the group and select View Details. 
b. Click the Permissions tab. 
c. Click Add. 
d. In the Permission type field, select the permission you want to add. 
e. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. 
To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name 
set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. 
f. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. 
For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the 
levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. 
g. Click OK. 
6. To change a permission, do the following: 
a. Right-click the group and select View Details. 
b. Click the Permissions tab. 
c. Select the permission you want to change. 
d. Click Edit. 
e. In the Edit permission dialog, make the required changes and click OK. 
7. To remove a permission, do the following: 
a. Right-click the group you want to remove and select Remove Group. 
b. Click Yes. 
8. When finished, click Update. 
Changing a group’s description 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Click the Groups tab. 
5. Right-click the group you want to change and select View Details. 
6. Make the required changes, and click Update. 
Removing a group from the ESP Server topology 
To remove a group from the ESP Server topology 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
70 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
3. Open the Security view. 
4. Right-click the group you want to remove and select Remove Group. 
5. Click Yes. 
Note: Removing a group does not remove the users associated with it. 
Related topics 
• “Users” on page 62 
• “Groups” on page 62 
• “Summary of security permissions” on page 72 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 71
Section–Summary of security permissions 
Summary of security permissions 
The following table summarizes the permissions you can add to users and groups. 
Permission Determines access to Access Values See Page 
ADMIN Network topology and security files Alter, Update, Read 72 
AGENT Running workflow on an ESP Agent Allow, Deny 73 
AGENTMSG ESP Agent control commands Allow, Deny 74 
AGENTUSER ESP Agent user IDs Allow, Deny 75 
ALERT Alert definitions Alter, Update, Read 76 
APPL Application definitions Alter, Update, Read 76 
APPLX Active Applications Allow, Deny 78 
CALENDAR Calendars Alter, Update, Read 79 
CMD Issuing commands from the 
EVENT Events Alter, Update, Read 81 
EVENTX Issuing commands against an Event Allow, Deny 82 
JAVASCRIPT JavaScript scripts Alter, Update, Read 83 
RESOURCE Resources Alter, Update, Read 83 
ADMIN 
Command Console 
Allow, Deny 80 
Affects topology information and security files. 
Syntax 
ADMIN.Network Topology 
Determines access to the topology. 
This permission affects what a user can do in the Topology view. Tasks include 
• Modifying ESP Server configuration and initialization parameters 
• Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters 
• Adding and removing ESP Agents from your network 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to view, update, add, and delete topology 
information. 
• Update enables a user or group to view and update topology information. 
• Read enables a user to view topology information. 
Note: To access the Topology view, a user requires Update or Alter access. 
72 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Examples: ADMIN.Network topology 
Permission Definition 
ADMIN.Network Topology 
(Alter) 
The user can view and modify ESP Server and ESP Agent 
parameters as well as add and delete ESP Agents from the 
network. 
ADMIN.Network Topology 
(Update) 
The user can view and modify ESP Server and ESP Agent 
parameters in the Topology view. 
ADMIN.Network Topology 
(Read) 
The user can view topology information. 
Syntax 
ADMIN.Security Files 
Determines access to ESP Server security files. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to view, update, add, and delete users and groups. 
• Update enables a user or group to view and update users and groups. 
• Read enables a user or group to view user and group information. 
Note: To access the Security Profiles Manager, a user requires Update or Alter access. 
Examples: ADMIN.Security Files 
Permission Definition 
ADMIN.Security Files (Alter) • The user can view and modify users, groups, and 
ADMIN.Security Files (Update) The user can view and modify users, groups, and 
ADMIN.Security Files (Read) The user can view user and group information. 
AGENT 
permissions. 
• The user can add users and groups and can create new 
permissions. 
permissions. 
Determines whether a user or group can or cannot run work on an ESP Agent. 
Syntax 
AGENT.agentname 
where agentname is the name of an ESP Agent in the topology. Use an asterisk in its 
place to specify that all ESP Agents are affected by this permission. 
For example, the permission AGENT.Unix1 determines whether a user or group can 
or cannot run work on the ESP Agent named UNIX1. The permission AGENT.* 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 73
Section–Summary of security permissions 
determines whether a user or group can or cannot run work on all ESP Agents in the 
topology. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Allow enables a user or group to run work on the ESP Agent specified in 
agentname. 
• Deny restricts a user or group from running work on the ESP Agent specified in 
agentname. 
Examples: AGENT usage 
Permission Definition 
AGENT.A1* (Allow) The user can run work on any ESP Agent whose name 
AGENT.A1UNIX (Deny) The user cannot run work on the ESP Agent named 
AGENTMSG 
begins with A1. 
A1UNIX. 
Determines whether a user or group can or cannot issue ESP Agent control 
commands to an ESP Agent using the Command Console. 
Syntax 
AGENTMSG.CONTROL.agentname 
where 
• CONTROL indicates that this permission affects ESP Agent control commands 
• agentname is the name of the ESP Agent that you are applying the permission 
to. Use an asterisk to specify that all ESP Agents are affected by this permission. 
For example, the permission AGENTMSG.CONTROL.AIXUNIX determines if a user or 
group can or cannot issue ESP Agent control commands on the ESP Agent named 
AIXUNIX. The permission AGENTMSG.CONTROL.* determines whether a user or 
group can or cannot issue ESP Agent control commands on any ESP Agent in the 
topology. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Allow enables a user or group to run the specified ESP Agent control command 
on the specified ESP Agent. 
• Deny restricts a user or group from running the specified ESP Agent control 
command on the specified ESP Agent. 
Note: The AGENTMSG permission works with the CMD permission. To issue 
ESP Agent control commands, a user also requires CMD.APPCMD* (Allow). For 
more information on the CMD permission, see “CMD” on page 80. 
74 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Examples: AGENTMSG usage 
Permission Definition 
AGENTMSG.CONTROL.A1* 
(Allow) 
AGENTMSG.CONTROL. 
A1UNIX (Deny) 
AGENTUSER 
The user can issue ESP Agent control commands to all 
ESP Agents whose name begins with A1. 
The user cannot issue ESP Agent control commands to 
the ESP Agent named A1UNIX. 
Determines if a user can or cannot use a specific user ID on an ESP Agent. 
Syntax 
AGENTUSER.agentname.userid 
where 
• agentname is the name of an ESP Agent that this permission affects. Use an 
asterisk to specify that all ESP Agents are affected by this permission. 
• userid is the name of a valid ESP Agent user ID. Use an asterisk to specify that 
all ESP Agent user IDs can be used. This value is case sensitive. 
For example, the permission AGENTUSER.A1UNIX.User1 determines whether a 
user can or cannot use the user ID User1 on the ESP Agent named A1UNIX. The 
permission AGENTUSER.*.* determines if a user can or cannot use any user ID on 
any ESP Agent in the topology. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Allow enables a user or group to use the user ID specified in userid on the ESP 
Agent specified in agentname. 
• Deny restricts a user or group from using the user ID specified in userid on the 
ESP Agent specified in agentname. 
Examples: AGENTUSER usage 
Permission Definition 
AGENTUSER.A1*.* (Allow) The user can use any user ID on any ESP Agent in the 
topology whose name starts with A1. 
AGENTUSER.A1*.User1 
(Allow) 
The user can use the user ID User1 on any ESP Agent in 
the topology whose name starts with A1. 
AGENTUSER.A1UNIX.* 
(Deny) 
The user cannot use any user IDs on the ESP Agent 
A1UNIX. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 75
Section–Summary of security permissions 
ALERT 
Determines a user or group’s access to Alert definitions. 
Alerts are used to take action automatically when a job reaches a particular stage of 
processing. This permission allows a user or group to view, define, modify, and delete 
an Alert. 
Syntax 
ALERT.alertname 
where alertname is the name of the Alert you are applying the permission to. Use 
an asterisk to specify that the permission applies to all Alerts. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display, and update an Alert 
definition 
• Update enables a user or group to display and update an Alert definition. 
• Read enables a user or group to read an Alert definition. 
Examples: ALERT usage 
APPL 
Permission Definition 
ALERT.* (Alter) User can create, delete, and change any Alert definition. 
ALERT.LATE_JOBS (Update) User can display and update the LATE_JOBS Alert 
definition. 
ALERT.FAIL* (Read) User can read any Alert definition starting with FAIL. 
Determines what a user or group can do using Workload Editor. 
With this permission, a user can create and view Applications as well as add, change, 
and delete Applications and job definitions. 
Syntax 
APPL.applname 
where applname is the name of an Application. Use an asterisk to specify the 
permission determines access to all Applications. 
For example, the permission APPL.PAYROLL determines access to the Application 
PAYROLL. The permission named APPL.* determines access to all Applications. 
76 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to 
• Create, delete, lock, and unlock an Application. 
• Add, change, and delete Applications and job definitions. 
• Unlock an Application definition locked by another user. 
• Update enables a user or group to 
• Lock or unlock an Application. 
• Add, change, and delete Applications and job definitions. 
• Read enables a user or group to download and display an Application. 
Examples: APPL usage 
Permission Definition 
APPL.* (Alter) The user can create and delete new Applications, change 
Applications, and change job definitions in any 
Applications. 
APPL.PAYROLL (Update) Add, change and delete job definitions in the Application 
called PAYROLL. 
APPL.PAYROLL (Read) The user can view the Application called PAYROLL. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 77
Section–Summary of security permissions 
APPLX 
Determines what a user or group can do in the Define perspective and also determines 
which jobs a user can view in the Scheduled Activity report. 
With this permission, a user or group can control and manage Applications, view 
states, insert jobs, and retrieve spool files. 
Syntax 
APPLX.applname.jobname.jobqualifier.commandname 
where 
• applname is the name of the Application. Use an asterisk to specify that the 
permission determines access to all Applications. 
• jobname is the name of the job within the Application. Use an asterisk to specify 
the permission affects all jobs within the Application. 
• jobqualifier is the name of the job qualifier. 
• commandname is either subscribe or getspoolfile. Use an asterisk to 
specify the permission determines access to all Applications 
The subscribe value enables a user or group to display the status of jobs within 
Applications, but not control them. 
The getspoolfile value enables a user or group to view the output of a job in its 
spool file. 
The permission APPLX.*.*.*.subscribe gives users subscription-only access to 
all Applications. Users with this permission can view and monitor the status of jobs 
and Applications using the Define perspective, but they can’t issue any commands (for 
example, Complete, Bypass, Hold) to control the jobs and Applications. 
The Administrator can restrict users or groups so they can only subscribe to one 
Application in particular. To restrict users or groups to subscribe to one specific 
Application, the Administrator uses the following permission syntax: 
APPLX.applname.*.*.subscribe 
where applname is the name of the Application the Administrator wants to restrict 
subscription access to. 
You can associate the following access values with the APPLX permission: 
• Allow enables a user or group to run Applications or a job within an Application, 
issue commands against a job within an Application, and insert jobs into the 
Application. When the value subscribe is in the APPLX permission, the user or 
group can view the status of jobs, but cannot issue commands against them. 
• Deny restricts a user or group from running Applications or jobs within the 
Applications, issuing commands against jobs, or inserting jobs. 
78 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Examples: APPLX usage 
Permission Definition 
APPLX.* (Allow) The user can run all Applications and insert jobs in all 
APPLX.PAYROLL.* (Allow) The user can run and insert jobs in the Application 
APPLX.PAYROLL.PAYJOB1. 
RUN1 (Allow) 
APPLX.PAYROLL (Deny) The user cannot run and insert jobs into the Application 
APPLX.*.*.*.subscribe (Allow) The user can view and monitor the status of jobs and 
APPLX.PAYROLL.*.*.subscribe 
(Allow) 
APPLX.PAYROLL.*.*. 
getspoolfile (Allow) 
CALENDAR 
Applications. 
PAYROLL. The user can also view Scheduled Activity 
reports that include this PAYROLL Application. 
The user can only run and insert jobs in the Application 
called PAYROLL, and can only affect the job 
PAYJOB1.RUN1. 
PAYROLL. 
Applications using Workload Director. The user cannot 
issue any commands (for example, Complete, Bypasss, 
Hold) to control the jobs and Applications. 
The user can only view and monitor the status of jobs that 
belong to the PAYROLL Application. 
The user can only view the spool file of jobs that belong to 
the PAYROLL Application. 
Determines a user or group’s access to Calendars. 
With this permission, a user can create new Calendars, add holidays and special day 
definitions, change remarks and workday settings, and reference a Calendar in Events. 
Syntax 
CALENDAR.calendarname 
where calendarname is the name of the Calendar the permission defines access to. 
Use an asterisk to indicate this permission applies to all Calendars. 
For example, the permission CALENDAR.CALENDAR1 determines a user or group’s 
access to the Calendar named Calendar1. The permission CALENDAR.* determines a 
user or group’s access to all Calendars. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 79
Section–Summary of security permissions 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to 
• Create and delete a Calendar. 
• Add holidays and special days. 
• Change remarks and workday settings. 
• Display a Calendar’s content. 
• Reference a Calendar in Events. 
• Update enables a user or group to 
• Add holidays and special days. 
• Change remarks and workday settings. 
• Display a Calendar’s content. 
• Reference a Calendar in Events. 
• Read enables a user or group to 
• Display a Calendar’s content. 
• Reference a Calendar in Events. 
Examples: CALENDAR usage 
CMD 
Permission Definition 
CALENDAR.* (Alter) The user can create new Calendars, as well as view and 
modify all Calendars. 
CALENDAR.PAY* (Update) The user can view and modify any Calendar starting with 
PAY. 
CALENDAR.PAYROLL (Read) The user can display the Calendar called PAYROLL. 
Determines whether a user or group can or cannot issue commands from the 
Command Console. 
Syntax 
CMD.APPCMD* 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Allow enables a user or group to issue commands from the Command Console. 
• Deny restricts a user or group from issuing commands from the Command 
Console. 
80 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Examples: CMD usage 
Permission Definition 
CMD.APPCMD* (Allow) The user can issue commands from the Command 
CMD.APPCMD* (Deny) The user cannot issue commands from the Command 
EVENT 
Console. 
Console. 
Determines a user or group’s access to Event definitions. 
With the EVENT permission, a user or group can create, view, and modify Event 
definitions. 
Note: The EVENT permission works with the APPL permission. To create and 
update an Event, a user requires APPL (Alter) for the Application the Event refers to. 
For more information on the APPL permission, see “APPL” on page 76. 
Syntax 
EVENT.eventprefix.eventname 
where 
• eventprefix is the prefix of the Event. 
• eventname is the name of the Event. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display and update an Event. 
• Update enables a user or group to display and update an Event. 
• Read enables a user or group to display a specific Event. 
Examples: EVENT usage 
Permission Definition 
EVENT.PROD.* (Alter) The user can create, modify and view all Event definitions 
with the PROD Event prefix. 
EVENT.PROD.PAYROLL 
(Update) 
The user can display and modify the Event called 
PAYROLL. 
EVENT.* (Alter) The user can create, modify and view all Event 
definitions. 
EVENT.TEST.MRC* (Update) The user can display and modify any Event that begins 
with MRC, with the Event prefix of TEST. 
EVENT.* (Read) The user can display all Events. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 81
Section–Summary of security permissions 
EVENTX 
Determines if a user or group can or cannot issue commands against an Event and 
determines which Events are included in the Scheduled Activity Report file. 
Syntax 
EVENTX.eventprefix.eventname 
where 
• eventprefix is the prefix of the Event. 
• eventname is the name of the Event. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Allow enables a user or group to issue commands to the Event. 
• Deny restricts a user or group from issuing commands to the Event. 
Examples: EVENTX usage 
Permission Definition 
EVENTX.* (Allow) The user can issue commands against all Events. 
EVENTX.PROD.* (Allow) The user can issue commands against all Events with the 
prefix PROD. 
EVENTX.PROD.PAYROLL 
(Deny) 
The user cannot issue commands against the Event 
PAYROLL, with the prefix, PROD. 
EVENTX.*.MYJOBS (Allow) The user can issue commands against all Events called 
MYJOBS. MYJOBS can have any prefix. 
82 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
JAVASCRIPT 
Determines a user or group’s access to JavaScript scripts used in scheduling. 
This permission enables a user or group to view, modify, or create JavaScript scripts. 
Syntax 
JAVASCRIPT.javascriptname 
where javascriptname is the name of a JavaScript script. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display and update a JavaScript 
script. 
• Update enables a user or group to display and update a JavaScript script. 
• Read enables a user or group to use a JavaScript script in an Application. 
Examples: JAVASCRIPT usage 
Permission Definition 
JAVASCRIPT.* (Alter) The user can create JavaScript scripts as well as view and 
JAVASCRIPT. 
DATEVARIABLES (Update) 
JAVASCRIPT.ODDJOBS 
(Read) 
RESOURCE 
modify all existing scripts. 
The user can view and modify the JavaScript script named 
DATEVARIABLES. 
The user can view the JavaScript script, named 
ODDJOBS, in Applications. 
Determines a user or group’s access to resources used in scheduling. 
This permission enables a user or group to view, modify, or create resource definitions. 
Syntax 
RESOURCE.resourcename 
where resourcename is the name of a resource. Use an asterisk to associate this 
permission with all resources. 
You can associate the following access values with this permission: 
• Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display and update a resource 
definition. 
• Update enables a user or group to display and update a resource definition. 
• Read enables a user or group to use a resource definition in an Application. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 83
Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 
Examples: RESOURCE usage 
Permission Definition 
RESOURCE.* (Alter) The user can create new resource definitions as well as 
view and modify all existing resource definitions. 
RESOURCE.LOWPRIO 
(Update) 
The user can view and modify the resource definition 
called LOWPRIO. 
RESOURCE.DB2 (Read) The user can use the resource definition, DB2, in 
Applications. 
Setting up your ESP Server security network 
To ensure proper setup, use the following guidelines when you set up new users and 
groups at your installation: 
• Before you define security profiles, analyze your security needs to determine the 
similarities between different users. You will then have a rough idea of your needs 
for users and groups. 
• You can create groups that contain common permissions used by collections of 
users. 
• You can copy and modify the predefined users and groups if you need to create 
security profiles with similar permission requirements. 
• Maintain an organized set of naming conventions for your security profiles. For 
example, you could organize your security profiles based on user location or job 
description. 
Example scenarios 
This section contains some example scenarios that you may find helpful in setting up 
your own ESP Server security network. 
Scenario 1 
This scenario shows how you can set up a simple security system using only the 
predefined users and groups. 
The following table contains a list of staff members and their roles. 
Name Function 
Andrea Administrator 
Barry Administrator 
Chantal Scheduler 
84 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Name Function 
Dean Scheduler 
Erin Scheduler 
Bob Scheduler 
Fred Operator 
Gail Operator 
Hugh Operator 
Ingrid Operator 
Jerry Operator 
To set up this security scenario 
1. Open the Security Profiles Manager. 
2. Select Users from the main window. 
3. Click Add. 
The Add User dialog appears. 
4. Fill in the User ID, User name, Password, and Confirm password fields using the 
information in the following table. 
User ID User name Password Confirm 
Password 
A_ANDREA Andrea a1 a1 
A_BARRY Barry b2 b2 
S_CHANTAL Chantal c3 c3 
S_DEAN Dean d4 d4 
S_ERIN Erin e5 e5 
S_BOB Bob b6 b6 
O_FRED Fred f7 f7 
O_GAIL Gail g8 g8 
O_HUGH Hugh h9 h9 
O_INGRID Ingrid i10 i10 
O_JERRY Jerry j11 j11 
The user IDs in this scenario use the following naming convention: 
• Administrator user IDs begin with A_. This prefix is followed by the user’s 
name, for example, A_Andrea. 
• Scheduler user IDs begin with S_. This prefix is followed by the user’s name, 
for example S_CHANTAL. 
• Operator user IDs begin with O_. This prefix is followed by the user’s name, 
for example O_FRED. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 85
Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 
5. To add these user IDs to groups, copy the group lists from the predefined users 
using the information below. 
User ID Copy Group List from User... 
A_ANDREA ADMIN 
A_BARRY ADMIN 
S_CHANTAL SCHEDMASTER 
S_DEAN SCHEDMASTER 
S_ERIN SCHEDMASTER 
S_BOB SCHEDMASTER 
Because there is not a predefined user ID for operators, add the following user IDs 
to the group OPERGRP: 
• O_FRED 
• O_GAIL 
• O_HUGH 
• O_INGRID 
• O_JERRY 
6. Once you have assigned groups to all the users, you can now add permissions. To 
add permissions to the user IDs, copy the permission lists from the predefined 
users using the information below. 
User ID Copy Permissions from User... 
A_ANDREA ADMIN 
A_BARRY ADMIN 
S_CHANTAL SCHEDMASTER 
S_DEAN SCHEDMASTER 
S_ERIN SCHEDMASTER 
S_ERIN SCHEDMASTER 
S_BOB SCHEDMASTER 
7. Define permissions for operators for remaining User IDs. 
8. Notify the users of their user IDs and passwords. Request that they change their 
passwords immediately. 
Scenario 2 
This scenario builds on the previous scenario. It shows a typical ESP Server 
installation and illustrates most ESP Server security features. Following this scenario 
are some examples that show some maintenance situations relative to this scenario. 
86 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Specifications 
In this scenario 
• The company head office is located in Toronto with branches in New York and 
London. A different set of ESP Agents is installed in each branch. 
• Two administrators and a master scheduler are located in Toronto. The master 
scheduler needs access to everything at both a scheduling and operating level. 
• There is one scheduler located in Toronto and one each in New York and London. 
These schedulers work exclusively on their own branches’ data. The policy is that 
schedulers can only operate for test Applications. 
• There are three operators in Toronto and one each in New York and London. 
• There is one tape drive resource in each branch (Toronto, New York, and 
London). Only the branch operators can control the tape drives. 
• One of Toronto’s operators is the only person authorized to run payroll jobs. 
• The training department periodically conducts operator training in Toronto and 
requires new users with authorization to run a set of training jobs, and to view all 
jobs running at every branch. 
The following table summarizes the staff organization. 
User Name Position Location Security Requirements 
Andrea Administrator Toronto • Administrate and view 
everything 
Barry Administrator Toronto • Administrate and view 
everything 
Chantal Master Scheduler Toronto • Schedule all work 
• Run all work 
Dean Scheduler Toronto • Schedule Toronto work 
• Run Toronto test work 
Bob Scheduler New York • Schedule New York work 
• Run New York test work 
Erin Scheduler London • Schedule London work 
• Run London test work 
Fred Operator Toronto • Run Toronto work 
• Run payroll work 
• Control Toronto tape drive 
Gail Operator Toronto • Run Toronto work 
Hugh Operator Toronto • Run Toronto work 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 87
Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 
User Name Position Location Security Requirements 
Ingrid Operator New York • Run New York work 
• Control New York tape drive 
Jerry Operator London • Run London work 
• Control London tape drive 
Training ID, as 
needed 
Operator trainee Toronto • Run training work 
• Monitor all work 
This scenario uses the following naming conventions for users, groups, and 
permissions: 
• User IDs in this scenario use the following naming convention: 
• Administrator user IDs begin with A_ 
• Scheduler user IDs begin with S_ 
• Operator user IDs begin with O_ 
• City codes will be used for the names of most elements of ESP Server. The city 
codes are as follows: 
• Toronto: TOR_ 
• New York: NY_ 
• London: LON_ 
• ESP Agent names in the topology will use the city code. For example, all ESP 
Agents at the Toronto location will start with TOR_. 
• Application names will use the city code. The exception to this is payroll 
Applications, which will start with PAY, and training Applications, which start 
with TRN. Test Applications use the city code followed by TST. 
• Events and Event prefixes will use the city code. The exceptions are payroll Event 
prefixes, which start with PAY, test Events, which start with TST, and training 
Event prefixes, which start with TRN. 
• Calendar names, Resource names, and Alert names will use the city code. 
Implementation 
Creating groups 
ADMIN1 
Position: Administrators 
To create the ADMIN1 group 
1. Create a new group, ADMIN1. 
2. Copy all permissions to ADMIN1 from the predefined group, ADMINGRP. 
88 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
3. Add the following permissions: 
• ALERT.* (Read) 
• APPL.* (Read) 
• CALENDAR.* (Read) 
• EVENT.*.* (Read) 
• Resource.*.* (Read) 
TOR_SCHED1 
Position: Toronto Schedulers 
To create the TOR_SCHED1 group 
1. Create a new group, TOR_SCHED1. 
2. Copy all permissions to TOR_SCHED1 from the predefined group, 
SCHEDGRP. 
3. Update the following permissions 
• AGENT.* (Allow) 
• ALERT.* (Alter) 
• APPL.* (Alter) 
• APPLX.* (Allow) 
• CALENDAR.* (Alter) 
• EVENT.*.* (Alter) 
• EVENTX.*.* (Allow) 
to the following: 
• AGENT.TOR_* (Allow) 
• ALERT.TOR_* (Alter) 
• APPL.TOR_* (Alter) 
• APPLX.TOR_TST*.* (Allow) 
• CALENDAR.TOR_* (Alter) 
• EVENT.TOR_*.* (Alter) 
• EVENTX.TOR_TST*.* (Allow) 
TOR_OPGRP1 
Position: Toronto Operators 
To create the TOR_OPGRP1 group 
1. Create a new group, TOR_OPGRP1. 
2. Copy all permissions to TOR_OPGRP1 from the predefined group, OPERGRP. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 89
Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 
3. Update the following permissions 
• ALERT.* (Read) 
• APPL.* (Read) 
• APPLX.* (Allow) 
• EVENT.*.* (Read) 
• EVENTX.*.* (Allow) 
to the following: 
• ALERT.TOR_* (Read) 
• APPL.TOR_* (Read) 
• APPLX.TOR_* (Allow) 
• EVENT.TOR_*.* (Read) 
• EVENTX.TOR_*.* (Allow) 
4. Add the following permissions: 
• RESOURCE.TOR_TAPE (Alter) 
• CMD.APPCMD* (Allow) 
• AGENT.TOR_* (Allow) 
TOR_OPRTRAIN 
Position: Operator Trainee 
To create the TOR_OPTRAIN group 
1. Create a new group called TOR_OPTRAIN. 
2. Copy all permissions to TOR_OPTRAIN from the predefined group, 
OPERGRP. 
3. Update the following permissions: 
• APPLX.* (Allow) 
• EVENTX.*.* (Allow) 
to the following: 
• APPLX.TRN* (Allow) 
• EVENTX.TRN*.* (Allow) 
4. Add the permission CMD.APPCMD* (Allow) 
90 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Creating groups for New York and London 
Once groups for Toronto have been created, you can now create groups for New York 
and London. 
To create groups for New York and London 
1. Create the following groups: 
• NY_SCHED1 
• LON_SCHED1 
• NY_OPGRP1 
• LON_OPGRP1 
2. Copy the permissions for each new scheduler group from TOR_SCHED1 and 
the permissions for each new operator group from TOR_OPGRP1. 
3. Modify the permissions of the new groups to reflect the new city codes. For 
example, in NY_OPGRP1, when you copy the permissions from 
TOR_OPGRP1, you must change ALERT.TOR_* (Read) to ALERT.NY_* 
(Read). 
Creating users 
You have now created all the groups required. You must now create users based on the 
information in the job summary table. Most of the permissions the users will need are 
already defined in their respective groups, but you will need to customize some users 
based on some exact criteria in their security requirements. 
To create users 
1. Create the following users using the table below for their User IDs, user name, 
passwords, and group association. 
User ID User Name Password/ 
Confirm 
Password 
Groups 
A_ANDREA Andrea a1 ADMIN1 
A_BARRY Barry b2 ADMIN1 
S_CHANTAL Chantal c3 TOR_SCHED1 
NY_SCHED1 
LON_SCHED1 
TOR_OPGRP1 
NY_OPGRP1 
LON_OPGRP1 
S_DEAN Dean d4 TOR_SCHED1 
S_BOB Bob e5 NY_SCHED1 
S_ERIN Erin f6 LON_SCHED1 
O_FRED Fred g7 TOR_OPGRP1 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 91
Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 
User ID User Name Password/ 
Confirm 
Password 
Groups 
O_GAIL Gail h8 TOR_OPGRP1 
O_HUGH Hugh i9 TOR_OPGRP1 
O_INGRID Ingrid j10 NY_OPGRP1 
O_JERRY Jerry k11 LON_OPGRP1 
Note: The user, S_CHANTAL belongs to all groups because, as master scheduler, 
she needs access to everything. 
2. Add the following permissions to O_FRED, who needs to run payroll jobs: 
• APPLX.PAY* (Allow) 
• EVENTX.PAY* (Allow) 
3. Notify users of their user ID and password. Request that they change their 
passwords immediately. 
Maintenance examples 
The following examples are based on changes made to the above scenario. 
New employee 
Kirk has joined the company as an operator. He will work in New York, but first he 
will be trained in Toronto for three months. 
Creating a user profile for Kirk 
1. For the training period, set the user as follows. 
User ID User Name Password/Confirm 
Password 
Groups 
O_KIRK Kirk l11 TOR_OPTRAIN 
2. Inform Kirk of his user ID and password and request that he change his password. 
3. When he assumes his position in New York, remove him from TOR_OPTRAIN 
group and add him to NY_OPGRP1. 
Employee leaving 
Fred is leaving the company. Delete him from the user list and, because he was the 
only user allowed to run payroll Applications, you need to inquire about who will 
replace him and move the APPLX.PAY* (Allow) and EVENTX.PAY* (Allow) 
permissions to the new user. 
92 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 
Employee transfer 
Gail is promoted from operator to scheduler. She will stay in New York. Create a new 
user ID called S_GAIL and add it to the group NY_SCHED1. Delete the user 
O_GAIL. It is possible Gail will combine her old and new duties during a transition 
period. You may want to assign S_GAIL to the NY_OPGRP1 group temporarily. 
New department 
The company expands and opens a branch in Los Angeles. The staffing will be as 
follows. 
User Name Position Location Security Requirements 
Leslie Scheduler Los Angeles • Administrate Los Angeles 
Michael Operator Los Angeles • Run Los Angeles work 
Helen Operator Los Angeles • Run Los Angeles work 
The city code for Los Angeles is LA_. 
installation 
• Schedule Los Angeles 
work 
• Run Los Angeles test 
work 
• Control Los Angeles tape 
drive 
To set up security for the new department in Los Angeles 
1. Create the groups, LA_SCHED1 and LA_OPGRP1. Copy and modify the 
permissions from TOR_SCHED1 and TOR_OPGRP1, respectively. 
2. Create the following users. 
User ID User Name Password/Confirm 
Password 
Groups 
S_LESLIE Leslie m12 LA_SCHED1 
O_MICHAEL Michael n13 LA_OPGRP1 
O_HELEN Helen o14 LA_OPGRP1 
3. Add the following permissions to the user S_LESLIE, to give her access to 
administrative functions: 
• ADMIN.Network Topology (Alter) 
• ADMIN.Security Files (Alter) 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 93
Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 
94 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log 
Files 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• About log files 
• Changing a log’s location or name 
• Creating an audit log report 
• Filtering messages sent to trace logs 
• Summary of filter IDs 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 95
Section–About log files 
About log files 
ESP Server maintains three log file types that store diagnostic and auditing 
information: 
• Trace logs 
• Automated Framework Message logs 
• Audit logs 
The trace log (tracelog.txt) stores communication messages between 
Cybermation ESP system components and maintains debugging information used 
primarily for diagnostic purposes. 
The AFM log (afmlog.txt) stores communication messages between ESP Server, 
ESP Agents, ESP Desktop Client and ESP Web Client. 
The audit log records user input. ESP Server creates a new audit log every day. You 
cannot change the frequency ESP Server creates the audit log. By default, ESP Server 
names the audit log audit.YYYYMMDD.txt, where YYYYMMDD is the log date. 
Unlike the other logs, the audit log is encrypted. You cannot use ESP Server to 
automatically archive or clear the audit log. You can create an HTML and Comma 
Separated Values (CSV) report using the auditlog export command in the 
Command Console. 
Log maintenance 
By default, ESP Server performs an automatic archive, or rotation, of all its log files at 
midnight. During the rotation, ESP Server archives the log files, creating new files in 
the LogFiles directory. ESP Server includes a timestamp in the filename of the 
archived log, indicating when ESP Server archived the file. 
Related topics 
• “Archiving server log files” on page 139 
• “Clearing server log files” on page 141 
• “Clearing server.log files (UNIX systems only)” on page 143 
Filter IDs 
Each message ESP Server sends has an associated filter ID. Filter IDs enable you to 
filter the messages ESP Server writes to logs. When you apply filter IDs to a log, ESP 
Server logs all messages with filter ID numbers equal to the specified filter IDs. By 
default, ESP Server sets the filter IDs of the logs to 0. 
Note: ESP Server logs exception messages automatically. Exception messages do not 
have filter IDs associated with them. 
96 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files 
Changing a log’s location or name 
By default, ESP Server maintains the logs in the following directory: 
• On UNIX: <installDir>/Resources/LogFiles 
• On Windows: <installDir>ResourcesLogFiles 
You can change a log file’s location and name by editing the 
espresso.properties file. 
To change a log file’s location or name 
1. Open the espresso.properties file located in ESP Server installation 
directory. 
You can edit the espresso.properties file using your operating system’s text 
editor. 
2. Edit the log file’s targets field. 
• cybtracelog.targets — The trace log’s file location 
• cybafmlog.targets — The AFM log’s file location 
• cybauditlog.targets — The audit log’s file location 
3. Recycle ESP Server. 
Example: Changing the name and location of the trace log file 
A user changed the name and location of the trace log file by modifying the 
cybtracelog.targets field of the espresso.properties file. The cybtracelog.filterids 
field specifies the filter IDs applied to the log. The name and location changes are in 
bold. 
cybtracelog.filterids=0 
cybtracelog.targets=/u1/Espresso/Logs/Preferredtracelog.txt 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 97
Section–Creating an audit log report 
Creating an audit log report 
The audit log report contains every user-initiated ESP Server command. To create an 
audit log report, you use the auditlog export appcmd. This command creates an 
audit log in CSV format and a report in html format. 
For each command a user issues, the audit log records the following information: 
• Date and time the user issued the command 
• User ID that issued the command 
• Command type 
• Command name 
• Command message (AFM) 
Note: To export the audit log, you must have administrative privileges. 
To generate an audit log report 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Issue the following command: 
auditlog export path(directory_path) name(name) 
[startdate(YYYYMMDD)] [enddate(YYYYMMDD)] 
where 
• directory_path is the full directory path on the server where you want to 
export the audit log and generate the report. 
• name is the name you want to use for the audit log and audit report. 
ESP Server names the audit log name.log (in CSV format) and the report 
name.html. 
Note: The name can contain any allowable filename character determined by the 
operating system where ESP Server is installed. 
• startdate and enddate are optional parameters. 
If you omit the start and end dates, ESP Server exports the audit log of the current 
day, for example auditlog export path(/export/home/usr) 
name(today). 
If you enter only the start date, ESP Server assumes the end date is the current day, 
for example auditlog export path(/export/home/usr) 
name(Mar15)startdate(20050315). 
98 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files 
Note: If you enter an end date, you must enter a start date. 
If you enter a start date and an end date, ESP Server exports the audit log between 
the two dates, for example auditlog export path(/export/home/usr) 
name(Mar15to31)startdate(20050315)enddate(20050331). 
Filtering messages sent to trace logs 
To reduce the number of messages written to logs, apply filter IDs to the logs. You can 
apply temporary filter IDs or permanent filter IDs. 
Applying temporary tracelog filter IDs 
You can add filter IDs temporarily using the filterid command in the Command 
Console. These filter IDs apply until you restart ESP Server. Use this method to 
monitor specific messages for a limited time. You can temporarily add and remove a 
single filter ID, multiple filter IDs, or a range of filter IDs to a log file. 
To add temporary filter IDs to a trace log 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
tracelog filterid(nnnn) 
where 
nnnn is the number of a valid filter ID. For multiple filter IDs use 
(nnnn, nnnn). For a range of filter IDs, use (nnnn-nnnn) 
To remove temporary filter IDs from a trace log 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
tracelog filterid(-nnnn) 
where 
nnnn is the number of a valid filter ID. For multiple filter IDs use 
(-nnnn, -nnnn). For a range of filter IDs, use (-nnnn-nnnn) 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 99
Section–Filtering messages sent to trace logs 
Examples: Applying temporary tracelog filter IDs 
• tracelog filterid(909)adds filter ID 909 to the trace log 
• tracelog filterid(23,909)adds filter IDs 23 and 909 to the trace log 
• tracelog filterid(955-957)adds filter IDs 955, 956, and 957 to the 
trace log 
Examples: Removing temporary tracelog filter IDs 
• To remove filter ID 909 from the trace log, enter 
tracelog filterid(-909) 
• To remove filter IDs 23 and 909 from the trace log, enter 
tracelog filterid(-23,-909) 
• To remove filter IDs 900 to 905 from the trace log, enter 
tracelog filterid(-900-905) 
Applying permanent tracelog filter IDs 
You can add filter IDs permanently by modifying the espresso.properties file. 
These filter IDs apply after you restart ESP Server. You can permanently add and 
remove a single filter ID, multiple filter IDs or a range of filter IDs to a log file. 
To apply a permanent filter ID to a trace log 
1. Open the espresso.properties file located in the ESP Server installation 
directory. 
You can edit the initialization parameter file using your operating system’s text 
editor. 
2. Edit the trace log file’s cybtracelog.filterids field. 
3. Recycle ESP Server. 
Example: Applying permanent tracelog filter IDs 
A user has permanently added filter IDs to the trace log by modifying the 
cybtracelog.filterids field of the espresso.properties file. The 
cybtracelog.targets field specifies the name and location of the trace log 
affected by the filter IDs. The filter ID change is in bold. 
cybtracelog.filterids=0,604 
cybtracelog.flush=true 
cybtracelog.targets=<installDir>/Resources/LogFiles/tracelog.txt 
100 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files 
Summary of filter IDs 
The following filter IDs apply to ESP Server. 
Filter IDs Informational Messages From... 
0 Lowest-level messages including exception messages 
1 Common library server functions 
5 Common library utilities 
10 Performing synchronization 
11 The publish/subscribe framework (for example, TimerPop) 
13 The library database 
14 The communication framework 
15 Directing Events 
17 Processing Email requests 
18 Informational messages from administering ESP Server licenses 
19 Subscriptions and publications of scheduled Events 
33 The Application Registry framework (for internal use only) 
37 Communication between the Command Console and ESP Server 
47 Relational database actions 
48 SNMP handling 
501 The Configuration Server 
502 Processing Configuration Server parameters 
503 Common utilities used by the Configuration Server (for internal use only) 
504 Ready for processing regular commands 
505 Management for commands entered through the Command Console 
506 The communications for the Configuration Server 
510 Managing the Configuration Server data sources 
511 Configuration Server tag manager (for internal use only) 
512 Configuration Server event notification framework used by the tag manager 
(for internal use only) 
514 Messages received from ESP Desktop Client users 
515 End of session 
526 Input message timings 
601 The Scheduler Server 
602 Utilities used by the Scheduler Server 
603 The Scheduler Server publish/subscribe framework (for internal use only) 
604 Errors encountered by processing commands entered from the Command 
Console 
606 Scheduler Server management of Application definitions 
(Sheet 1 of 3) 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 101
Section–Summary of filter IDs 
Filter IDs Informational Messages From... (Continued) 
607 Communication framework of the Scheduler Server 
610 The Scheduler Server processing TDR definitions 
611 Scheduler Server management of Event definitions 
612 Scheduler Server management of Calendar definitions 
613 Scheduler Server timer framework (for internal use only) 
617 Messages accepted by an input conversation 
618 Messages queued at the end of a conversation 
622 Time publisher status at warm start initialization 
626 Input message timings 
628 Processing of Alerts 
629 Scheduler Server management of scheduled activities 
701 ESP Desktop Client 
702 Utilities used by the Workstation Server 
703 The Command Console 
707 Messages exchanged between the ESP Desktop Client and the Workstation 
Server 
708 Informational messages from ESP Desktop Client session subscription 
901 The Manager 
902 Utilities used by ESP Server Manager 
903 Managing the topology 
904 The publish/subscribe framework (for example, TimerPop) 
905 Managing jobs in the Manager 
906 Manager commands entered from ESP Desktop Client 
907 Processing commands entered from the Command Console 
909 Processing internal commands 
910 The communications for the Manager 
912 Email notifications from the Manager 
914 Processing publish/subscribe criteria (for internal use only) 
916 Processing of resource acquisition within the Manager 
919 Accepted input messages in a conversation 
920 Messages queued to the input queue on exit 
922 Workflow objects at warm start initialization 
923 Relationship publisher manager at warm start initialization 
924 Release publisher manager at warm start initialization 
925 Time publisher manager at warm start initialization 
926 Output message queue at initialization 
927 Output message queue manager destinations 
(Sheet 2 of 3) 
102 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files 
Filter IDs Informational Messages From... (Continued) 
928 Input message timings 
1001 The Resource Server 
1002 The Resource Server Utilities 
1005 Communication framework of the Resource Server 
1006 Resource Server management of resource definitions 
1007 Resource Server resource acquiring/returning processing 
1008 Processing commands and state changes in the resource components 
1009 Storing and retrieving ESP High Availability/warm-start related status 
(Sheet 3 of 3) 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 103
Section–Summary of filter IDs 
104 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Administering ESP High Availability 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• ESP High Availability terminology 
• The ESP High Availability process 
• Configuring ESP High Availability detection 
• Changing the type of failback 
• Switching Primary and Standby roles 
• Converting to an ESP High Availability installation 
• Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration 
• Preventing auto connection to the Standby 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 105
Section–ESP High Availability terminology 
ESP High Availability terminology 
ESP High Availability is the ESP Server failure detection and recovery process for ESP 
Server. The process involves switching workflow processing from one server (the 
Primary) to a backup server (the Standby) when a failure occurs on the Primary. 
The following terms describe ESP High Availability terminology: 
Primary 
Primary refers to the ESP Server that currently controls the workflow and interacts 
with ESP Agents defined in the Topology view to run jobs. 
Standby 
Standby refers to the ESP Server that currently runs as a backup server. When ESP 
High Availability occurs, the Standby becomes the Primary. 
ESP High Availability recovery 
ESP High Availability recovery (failback) refers to the workflow control returning to 
the preferred server. 
Preferred server 
You specify which server is the preferred server during the installation. With 
automatic failback, the preferred server (Preferred) refers to the server peer that 
becomes the Primary when it starts up. If, after ESP High Availability has occurred, 
the non-preferred server is Primary and the preferred server starts up, the preferred 
server becomes the Primary and the non-preferred server becomes the Standby. With 
manual failback, the preferred server does not take over at start up. You must issue a 
changerole command for failback to occur. 
106 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 
The ESP High Availability process 
A typical ESP High Availability configuration, as shown in the diagram below, 
consists of two ESP Servers installed on separate machines. Both servers use the same 
relational database management system (RDBMS) and shared file system. 
During ESP Server startup 
When an ESP Server starts up, it always begins in Standby mode. During startup, it 
monitors the other ESP Server. 
• If the started ESP Server detects that the other server is unavailable, that ESP 
Server runs as the Primary. 
• If the started ESP Server detects that the other server is running in Primary mode, 
the server 
• Becomes the Primary if it is the preferred server and automatic failback is 
configured. 
• Remains as the Standby if it is not the preferred server or automatic failback is 
not configured. 
• If the started ESP Server detects that the other server is running in Standby mode 
(because both servers started at the same time), a vote takes place between the 
servers to decide which one will become the Primary. In this case, the preferred 
server becomes the Primary. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 107
Section–The ESP High Availability process 
At any time, you can issue a changerole command from either server to have the 
servers change modes. After issuing the command, the Primary becomes the Standby 
and the Standby becomes the Primary. 
During ESP High Availability detection 
During normal processing, the Primary runs the workflow and the Standby monitors 
the Primary for failure. Since the Primary and Standby share the same database, no 
data replication or extra processing takes place. The Standby monitors the Primary or 
monitors the database upon monitoring failure. 
ESP High Availability occurs if either of the following situations occur: 
• The Primary machine goes down. 
• ESP Server on the Primary terminates. 
To determine if failure has occurred, the ESP High Availability detection mechanism 
uses a dual- stage failure detection process. 
Stage 1 monitoring: Heartbeat 
If both servers are running, the Standby periodically contacts the Primary based on 
the configured heartbeat. 
If the servers can communicate directly with each other, monitoring continues 
according to the configured frequency. If the servers cannot communicate directly, 
stage 2 monitoring takes place. 
Stage 2 monitoring: Relational database 
In stage 2 monitoring, ESP Server uses the relational database as the communication 
method. Since both servers require database access to operate, ESP Server uses the 
database as the final arbiter to determine whether failure has occurred on the Primary. 
During stage 2 monitoring, the Primary periodically updates a table in the database. 
The Standby monitors (polls) this table to verify that the Primary is still active. Before 
each database poll, the Standby attempts to contact the Primary (stage 1 monitoring). 
You can configure how often the Primary updates the database and how long before 
the Standby monitors the database. 
108 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 
If the Standby detects the Primary through updates to the database, ESP High 
Availability does not occur. The Standby continues to monitor. If the Standby cannot 
detect the Primary after the specified polling interval, ESP High Availability occurs. 
During ESP High Availability 
Assuming the Standby is running at the time of failure, ESP High Availability is 
automatic. 
If both stage 1 and stage 2 monitoring fail, ESP High Availability occurs as follows: 
• The Standby performs a warm start. 
• The Standby begins running the workflow. 
• The Standby contacts ESP Agents to inform them to communicate with the server 
• ESP Server on the Standby sends an SNMP message and email to notify you that 
the Primary has failed and that the Standby is now running workflow as the 
Primary. 
During ESP High Availability recovery 
After ESP High Availability has occurred, processing can resume on the preferred 
server once the preferred server restarts. You can configure this failback to be 
automatic or manual. 
In automatic failback, once the preferred server restarts, it resumes its role as the 
Primary. Upon starting, the preferred server sends a changerole request to the current 
Primary. Upon receiving the change request, the current Primary quiesces the server 
components and returns to Standby mode. Once the server returns to Standby mode, 
the preferred server runs as the Primary. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 109
Section–Configuring ESP High Availability detection 
In manual failback, once the preferred server restarts, it runs in Standby mode. You 
can issue a changerole command to either server. After issuing the changerole 
command, the current Primary becomes the Standby and the current Standby 
becomes the Primary. 
Configuring ESP High Availability detection 
You can configure ESP High Availability detection using the ESP Desktop Client 
Topology view. ESP Server uses the ESP High Availability detection settings at the 
following times: 
• Upon startup to check whether the each server is running 
• During normal operation. The Primary processes the workflow and the Standby 
monitors the Primary. 
To configure ESP High Availability detection 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. Right-click the ESP Server node and select Configure Shared Parameters. 
5. Click the ESP High Availability tab. 
6. Enable ESP High Availability by setting the Enable ESP High Availability field to true. 
7. Configure these mandatory ESP High Availability settings. 
• Frequency (in seconds) To Poll Server — The frequency at which the Standby 
monitors the Primary during stage 1 monitoring (heartbeat method). 
• Primary Server Frequency (in seconds) To Update Database — The update 
frequency. This value sets the frequency at which the Primary updates the 
database (relational database method). 
• Standby Server Factor To Poll The Database — The polling factor. ESP Server uses 
this value to compute the polling interval, which is the elapsed time between 
stage 1 failure and the time the Standby monitors the database. 
Note: The Primary Server Frequency and the Standby Server Factor to Poll the Database 
properties work together to determine the polling interval as follows: 
Polling Interval = Primary Server Frequency x Standby 
Server Factor to Poll the Database 
Tip: The polling interval determines the ESP High Availability latency — the time 
it takes ESP Server to recognize failure has occurred on the Primary and begin to 
switch to the Standby. You may want to increase the polling interval to give you 
110 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 
time to fix the problem on the Primary. Or you may want to keep the polling 
interval low to minimize the amount of time ESP Server is down (but increasing 
the chance ESP High Availability occurs). 
8. If desired, set the Enable Automatic Failback to Preferred Server field to true. 
• With automatic failback, control of the workflow automatically fails back to 
the preferred server. The non-preferred server becomes the Standby. 
• With manual failback, you can force control of the workflow to fail back to 
the other server by issuing a command. 
9. Click OK. 
10. Recycle ESP Server. 
Related topic 
“Recycling the server” on page 20 
Changing the type of failback 
You can change the type of failback from manual to automatic or automatic to 
manual. Failback can occur at the following times: 
• When the preferred server starts (or restarts after ESP High Availability) — If 
failback is automatic, control of the workflow automatically fails back to the 
preferred server. The non-preferred server becomes the Standby. 
• At user request — If failback is manual, you can force control of the workflow to 
fail back to the other server by issuing a command. 
To change the type of failback 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. Right-click the ESP Server node and select Configure Shared Parameters. 
5. Click the ESP High Availability tab. 
6. In the Enable Automatic Failback to Preferred Server field, change its value. 
• true — At startup, the preferred server becomes the Primary. 
• false — At startup, the preferred server remains the Standby if the non-preferred 
server is running. 
7. Click OK. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 111
Section–Switching Primary and Standby roles 
8. Recycle ESP Server. 
Related topic 
“Recycling the server” on page 20 
Switching Primary and Standby roles 
After you issue the changerole command, the current Primary becomes the 
Standby and the current Standby becomes the Primary. 
To change the ESP Server role from Standby to Primary 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
changerole 
Converting to an ESP High Availability installation 
This section explains how to convert your existing stand-alone ESP Server installation 
to an ESP High Availability installation. The process assumes you have one ESP 
Server instance installed that is not enabled for ESP High Availability, and you are 
making this instance the Primary. 
To determine the minimum hardware and system requirements of a Primary and 
Standby, refer to the Installing Cybermation ESP: dSeries guide. Use that guide to plan 
the configuration parameters that you need as you follow the steps described in this 
section. 
The following sections show two configuration models for ESP High Availability 
installations. 
112 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 
ESP High Availability configuration 1 
In this configuration, you install ESP Server on one machine, which you designate as 
the preferred server. You install ESP Server again on a different machine. The 
preferred server acts as the Primary and the second server acts as the Standby. The 
Primary and Standby use a shared-file system and relational database, which you 
install on a separate machine. 
Failover configuration 2 
In this configuration, you install ESP Server on one machine, which you designate as 
the preferred server. You install ESP Server again on a different machine. The 
preferred server acts as the Primary and the second server acts as the Standby. The 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 113
Section–Converting to an ESP High Availability installation 
Primary and Standby use a shared-file system you install on a separate machine. You 
also install a primary database on its own machine and a standby database on its own 
machine. 
Setting up ESP High Availability 
Complete these tasks to convert your existing installation to a ESP High Availability 
installation. 
Step Activity Page 9 
1. Check the ESP High Availability requirements. 114 
2. Stop ESP Server. 115 
3. Set up a shared-file system. 115 
4. Set up your Primary. 115 
5. Start the Primary. 116 
6. Install the Standby. 116 
7. Start the Standby. 117 
Check the ESP High Availability requirements 
If you are configuring ESP High Availability, install the Standby on a different 
machine than the Primary. The Standby machine’s system requirements are the same 
as the Primary machine’s. 
114 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 
The system clocks on the two machines must be within 500 milliseconds of each 
other. 
Note: The systems synchronize when you connect them to a time server. You can also 
check if the systems are synchronized by connecting to each one and checking the 
time. 
If you install the Primary and Standby in different time zones, in an ESP High 
Availability situation ESP Server might run workload twice or skip scheduled jobs. To 
prevent this problem, ensure the Primary and Standby use the same time zone. 
You can only install one pair of primary and standby servers per ESP High Availability 
configuration. 
Stop ESP Server 
Before stopping ESP Server, ensure that no jobs are currently running or active on the 
ESP Server instance you want to configure as your Primary. 
Set up a shared-file system 
ESP Server uses a shared file system for ESP High Availability configurations. The 
shared file system stores PSE Pro Object Database files. 
Have your System or Network Administrator set up the shared file system required by 
the Primary and Standby. When you install, both ESP Servers require access to this 
shared file system. Ensure the user accounts under which the Primary and Standby 
run have access to this shared location on the network. 
Note: On average, a size of 10GB should be adequate for the shared file system. 
Set up your Primary 
1. Start the ESP Server installation program on your Primary machine. 
2. Use the following table to guide you through the installation of the Primary. 
Install Section Value to use 
Installation Path ESP Server installation directory of the server 
you want to designate as Primary 
Existing Cybermation ESP Server 
Installation 
Choose I want to reinstall ESP Server and preserve 
my existing configuration. 
Select Backup Option Select Yes to backup your existing installation. 
Choose Backup Folder Enter your backup folder or accept the default. 
Configure database Select No. 
ESP High Availability Select Yes. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 115
Section–Converting to an ESP High Availability installation 
3. When Local Server with ESP High Availability appears, do the following: 
• To designate this ESP Server as the Primary, select Preferred Server. 
• Enter a port number, if different than the default, and the path to your shared 
directory. Record these values to use when you install the Standby. 
Field Your Value 
Peer Server Manager 
Port 
Shared Directory 
4. When Failback Type appears, choose whether to enable automatic failback. 
5. When ESP High Availability Settings, specify new settings or accept the defaults. 
6. Complete the remainder of the installation. 
Related topics 
• For more information on the installation program, refer to the Installing 
Cybermation ESP: dSeries guide. 
• To understand automatic failback, see “Changing the type of failback” on 
page 111. 
• To understand the ESP High Availability detection settings, see “Configuring ESP 
High Availability detection” on page 110. 
Start the Primary 
The Primary and Standby share a file that stores the shared properties used by the two 
servers. To transfer the shared properties to the database, you must start the Primary 
before you install the Standby. 
Install the Standby 
Install a second instance of ESP Server to serve as the Standby in your ESP High 
Availability configuration. 
To install the Standby 
1. Start the ESP Server installation program on your Standby machine. 
2. When you are prompted to configure ESP High Availability, select Y. 
3. When Local Server with ESP High Availability appears, do the following: 
• To designate this ESP Server as the Standby, ensure the Standby option is 
selected. 
• For the Peer Server Manager Port, enter the value you set for the Primary. Refer 
to the value you recorded. 
• For the Shared Directory, enter the path to your shared directory. 
116 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 
4. Complete the remainder of the installation. 
5. When the installation is complete, ensure you have replaced your temporary 
license. 
Start the Standby 
Start the Standby. Your Primary should already be started. 
Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration 
This section assumes you have successfully started both the Primary and Standby and 
your default ESP Agent is running. 
To verify the ESP High Availability configuration, complete the following steps. 
Step Activity Page 9 
1. Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Primary. 117 
2. Start the SNMP Message Viewer. 117 
3. Change the Primary and Standby roles. 118 
4. Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Standby 
(now acting as Primary). 
118 
Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Primary 
1. Using ESP Desktop Client, connect to the Primary. 
2. Using the Services perspective, open the Event view and trigger the 
CYBERMATION.VERIFY Event. 
3. Using the Monitor perspective, view the generation of the VERIFY Application. 
The Application should complete successfully. 
Start the SNMP Message Viewer 
To verify that the Primary and Standby have changed roles, you need to start the 
SNMP Trap Receiver. 
1. If not connected, connect to the Primary using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. 
4. Click the Start SNMP receiver icon. 
The Start SNMP Trap Receiver and Set Port dialog appears. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 117
Section–Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration 
5. In the Port Number field, enter the port number and click OK. 
The SNMP Message Viewer begins capturing SNMP messages. 
Change the Primary and Standby roles 
1. If not connected, connect to the Primary using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
changerole 
5. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. 
Check the SNMP messages to verify that the Standby has become the Primary. 
Related topics 
For more information on SNMP ESP High Availability messages, see “About SNMP 
messages” on page 122. 
Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Standby (now 
acting as Primary) 
1. After the servers complete changing roles, connect to the Standby (now acting as 
Primary). 
2. Using the Services perspective, open the Event view and trigger the 
CYBERMATION.VERIFY Event. 
3. Using the Monitor perspective, subscribe with no filter so you can see active 
Applications. 
If you see the two completed generations of the VERIFY Application (triggered 
on the Primary and Standby machines), you have successfully enabled ESP High 
Availability. 
4. To revert to the Primary (now acting as the Standby), use the Command Console 
to issue another changerole command. 
118 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 
Preventing auto connection to the Standby 
When the Primary fails over in an ESP High Availability installation, by default ESP 
Desktop Client will automatically connect to the Standby. ESP Desktop Client 
notifies you of the switch from the Primary to Standby through a message in its 
Console View; otherwise, the switch is transparent. 
You can set an option that allows you to connect to a different ESP Server when the 
Primary fails. This feature is useful if, for example, you are using manual failback and 
want to switch to a specific server. 
To prevent auto connection to the Standby 
1. In the Connections view, right-click the Primary connection and select Connect. 
The Connect to ESP dialog appears. 
2. Select the Prevent auto-connect on failover option. 
Tip: If the option isn’t visible, click Details. 
3. To connect to a different server, enter the address and port number for that server. 
4. Enter the password and click OK. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 119
Section–Preventing auto connection to the Standby 
120 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Monitoring SNMP Messages 
You can use the SNMP Message Viewer to view SNMP messages regarding ESP 
Server, ESP Agents, ESP High Availability, and Alerts. 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• About SNMP messages 
• Interpreting SNMP messages 
• Changing the SNMP Manager settings 
• Using third-party SNMP Managers 
• Enabling SNMP messages from ESP System Agents 
• Receiving SNMP messages 
• Stopping the SNMP trap receiver 
• Working with the SNMP Message Viewer 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 121
Section–About SNMP messages 
About SNMP messages 
ESP Server and SNMP-enabled ESP Agents use SNMP messages to notify users of 
their activity. These messages can inform you of server startups and shutdowns, ESP 
Agent inactivity or shutdown, and ESP High Availability messages. To handle SNMP 
messages, you can configure the ESP Server default SNMP Message Viewer or a 
different SNMP Manager. 
ESP Server sends an SNMP trap to the SNMP Message Viewer or SNMP Manager 
you configured 
• Each time ESP Server starts or stops. 
• Each time an ESP Agent starts or stops. 
• When the Standby reaches the maximum number of consecutive, unsuccessful 
polling attempts in an ESP High Availability-enabled configuration, indicating a 
possible problem with ESP Server. 
ESP Server can also generate user-defined SNMPmessages. For example, when a 
Cybermation ESP job meets predefined criteria (such as the job starting, ending or 
ending with a specific completion code), ESP Server can send an SNMP message to 
the default SNMP Message Viewer or any SNMP Manager. 
Note: If you are configuring the ESP High Availability Option, Cybermation 
recommends you configure SNMP. If you are using a third-party SNMP Manager, 
you can import a Management Information Base (MIB) description file that defines 
the format the SNMP Manager uses. 
Interpreting SNMP messages 
The SNMP Message Viewer displays information in the following fields: 
• Host Name 
• Parameter 2 
• Host IP Address 
• Parameter 3 
• Time Stamp 
• Parameter 4 
• Specific 
• Parameter 5 
• Parameter 1 
Host Name 
Host Name displays the host name of the machine where the Cybermation ESP product 
is installed. 
122 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 8–Monitoring SNMP Messages 
Host IP Address 
Host IP Address displays the IP address of the machine where the Cybermation ESP 
product is installed. 
Time Stamp 
Time Stamp displays the date and time the SNMP Message Viewer captured the 
message. 
Specific 
Specific indicates the type of SNMP message. 
2 generally indicates a startup message. In an ESP High Availability installation, 2 can 
indicate a stage 2 failure. 
4 generally indicates a shutdown message or ESP Agent inactivity. In an ESP High 
Availability installation, 4 can indicate a stage 1 failure or an ESP Server role change. 
Parameter 1 
Parameter 1 indicates the Cybermation product name. 
Parameter 2 
Parameter 2 indicates the Cybermation product version and build number. 
Parameter 3 
Parameter 3 can indicate the following: 
• ESP Server ID of the server that started, shutdown, or changed role 
• ESP Agent name that started, shutdown or is inactive 
Parameter 4 
Parameter 4 indicates the IP address of the machine where the SNMP Manager is 
installed and the port number the machine uses to receive SNMP messages. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 123
Section–Changing the SNMP Manager settings 
Parameter 5 
Parameter 5 can indicate the following: 
• Primary, Standby, or Standalone indicates the startup of ESP Server and its role. 
• Stopped indicates ESP Server has shut down. 
• Started, Shutdown, or Inactive indicates the state of an ESP Agent. 
• Stage 1 Failure or Stage 2 Failed indicates the ESP High Availability detection stage. 
• Running as Primary or Running as Standby indicates the ESP Server role in an ESP 
High Availability installation. 
Changing the SNMP Manager settings 
The ESP Server installation program prompts for SNMP Manager settings. If you did 
not configure SNMP during installation and want to enable SNMP, you need to 
update the topology by modifying the SNMP Manager settings. You can configure 
the settings for third-party SNMP Managers such as HP Openview. 
To modify the SNMP Manager settings 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. Right-click the ESP Server node and select Configure Shared Parameters. 
5. Click the SNMP tab. 
6. Modify the SNMP settings. 
• Host address of SNMP Manager — The machine the SNMP Manager is installed 
on. Specify the IP address in dotted-decimal or host name format. 
• *Input port of SNMP Manager — The port number the SNMP Manager uses to 
capture SNMP messages. The default is 162. 
• Community of SNMP Manager — The SNMP Manager you are using determines 
how messages are sent through your network. Specify public or private. 
• Also send emails for SNMP messages — Specifies whether you want to receive 
SNMP messages in email format. The default is false. 
7. When you are finished making changes, click OK. 
8. Recycle ESP Server. 
124 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 8–Monitoring SNMP Messages 
Using third-party SNMP Managers 
If you use a third-party SNMP Manager, for example HP Openview, you can import 
a Management Information Base (MIB) description file that defines the format the 
SNMP Manager uses. The name of this file is cybermib.txt. On UNIX, for 
example, you will find this file in the following directory: <installDir>/Shared/ 
Resources/snmp 
where 
• <installDir> represents your ESP Server installation directory 
• <sharedDir> represents your ESP Server directory on the shared file system 
The directory path on Windows is the same. 
If you want to change the SNMP settings you entered during installation, such as to 
use a different SNMP Manager or port number, you need to update the topology by 
modifying the SNMP Manager settings. If you plan to use a Release 5 ESP System 
Agent or higher to relay SNMP data, you also need to update the ESP Agent’s 
agentparm.txt file to reflect the changes. 
Enabling SNMP messages from ESP System Agents 
This section only applies to Release 5 and higher ESP System Agents that have not 
been configured for SNMP during their installation. 
If you plan to use an ESP System Agent to relay SNMP data, you must complete the 
following steps: 
1. Enable ESP Agent to send SNMP traps and notifications. 
a. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
b. Open the Admin perspective. 
c. Open the Topology view. 
d. Right-click the ESP Agent you want to configure and select View Properties. 
e. On the Properties tab, set the SNMP Enabled parameter value to true. 
f. To save your changes, click Update. 
2. Edit the ESP Agent’s agentparm.txt file to provide values for the following 
parameters: 
plugins.start_internal_N=management 
management.snmp.mibfile= 
management.snmp.host= 
management.snmp.port= 
management.snmp.community= 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 125
Section–Receiving SNMP messages 
Related documentation 
For more detailed instructions on changing a parameter to enable ESP Agent to send 
SNMP traps, see “Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters” on page 55. 
For more information about ESP System Agent parameters in the agentparm.txt 
file 
• For Release 5 ESP System Agents, see Installing Release 5 ESP System Agents. 
• For Release 6 ESP System Agents and higher versions, see the ESP System Agent 
Administrator’s Guide for the respective release. 
Receiving SNMP messages 
To start receiving SNMP messages 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. 
4. Click the Start SNMP receiver icon. 
The Start SNMP message receiver and set port dialog appears. 
5. Enter the port number for the SNMP Manager and click OK. 
Tip: To find the SNMP Manager’s port number, open the Topology view, click the 
Server Shared Parameters > SNMP tab, and check the Input port of SNMP Manager field. 
Stopping the SNMP trap receiver 
Stopping the SNMP trap receiver disables the SNMP Message Viewer’s ability to 
capture SNMP messages. Once stopped, however, you can still view and edit saved 
messages. 
To stop the SNMP trap receiver, click the Stop SNMP receiver icon. 
126 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 8–Monitoring SNMP Messages 
Working with the SNMP Message Viewer 
Use the icons on the SNMP Message Viewer’s toolbar to save, open, clear and print 
messages. 
Saving SNMP messages 
You can save SNMP messages and work with them later. You can save the messages in 
SNMP Message Viewer (.msg) format or in text (.txt) format. 
Opening SNMP messages 
If the SNMP trap receiver is running, you cannot open saved SNMP messages. You 
must stop the receiver before you can open a file. Using the SNMP Message Viewer, 
you can only open SNMP message files saved in the .msg format. 
Clearing messages from the SNMP Message Viewer 
You can remove selected messages from the SNMP Message Viewer or clear all 
messages from it. 
• To clear selected messages, use the Remove message icon. 
• To clear all messages, use the Clear table icon. 
Tip: You can hold down the Shift key to select a range of messages, or hold down the 
Ctrl key to select several different messages at once. 
Printing SNMP messages 
You can print SNMP messages as they appear on your screen or you can preview and 
modify the messages in text format before printing them. 
To view the SNMP messages in text format before printing them 
1. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. 
2. Click the Print Preview icon. 
The messages display in text format. In text format, you can 
• Use the Ctrl+C shortcut to copy the text from the log. For example, you may 
want to paste the text into another document. 
• Edit the displayed text. Any changes will not be saved and do not affect the 
information in the SNMP message log itself. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 127
Section–Working with the SNMP Message Viewer 
128 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Working with the ESP Server Database 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• About your ESP Server database 
• Changing the database connectivity properties 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 129
Section–About your ESP Server database 
About your ESP Server database 
ESP Server uses the database for ESP High Availability, history reporting, and 
resource management. 
Note: For configuration and administration instructions, refer to the product 
documentation supplied by your database vendor. 
ESP High Availability 
In an ESP High Availability installation, both the Primary and Standby share the same 
database. If the Primary goes down, the Standby takes over using the same database. If 
the Primary database goes down, you can connect ESP Server to a different database. 
History reporting 
The database stores workflow information in its tables. You can use the database to 
inspect the workflow information and produce detailed reports on workflow. 
Resource management 
The database stores the state of all defined resources, such as availability and activation 
states. ESP Server uses this information to initialize the state of these resources during 
a warm start. 
Related documentation 
• For more information about ESP High Availability, refer to chapter 7. 
• For more information about history reporting and resource management, refer to 
the Cybermation ESP: dSeries User’s Guide. 
130 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 9–Working with the ESP Server Database 
Changing the database connectivity properties 
You can change the following database connectivity properties using the setdbparm 
utility. 
Property name Description 
database.maxconnections.allowed The maximum number of database connections 
(connection pool) available to Espresso. Applications 
request a connection, perform a database operation, 
and then return the connection back to the pool. If 
no connection is available, the application waits until 
another a connection gets returned to the pool. 
Oracle can accept up to 300 connections. The default 
is 50. 
database.minconnection The number of database connections (connection 
pool) available to ESP Server when it starts. Based on 
demand, ESP Server will add new connections to the 
connection pool, up to the maximum specified by the 
database.maxconnections.allowed 
property. 
jdbc.Driver The name of the JDBC driver ESP Server is using to 
access the RDBMS 
jdbc.URL The database URL, for example 
jdbc:oracle:thin:@<host>:<port1521>:<sid> 
rdbms.password The password of the user ESP Server uses to access the 
ESP database 
Note: If your ESP Server database password and 
Oracle user password don’t match, ESP Server won’t 
be able to connect to the database. 
rdbms.type The type of relational database ESP Server uses 
rdbms.userid The user ID ESP Server uses to access the ESP 
database 
relational.database.retry.attempts The number of times the ESP Server attempts to 
connect to the relational database 
relational.database.retry.interval The frequency in seconds at which the Espresso 
Server attempts to connect to the relational database. 
The default is 60 seconds. 
Note: You should coordinate changes to your database with your database 
administrator. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 131
Section–Changing the database connectivity properties 
To change the database connectivity properties 
1. Run the setdbparm utility, which is located in the <installDir>/ 
Utilities directory. 
• On UNIX: enter the following command at the prompt: 
setdbparm property 
• On Windows, enter the following command at the prompt: 
setdbparm.bat property 
where property specifies the database property you want to change. 
2. At the prompt, enter the new value for the parameter you want to change. 
3. Recycle ESP Server. 
132 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance 
Procedures 
This chapter provides maintenance procedures for ESP Server and ESP Agents. The 
procedures are grouped into the following sections: 
• Setting up a housekeeping Application 
• ESP Server maintenance 
• ESP Agent maintenance 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 133
Section–Setting up a housekeeping Application 
Setting up a housekeeping Application 
ESP Desktop Client is packaged with a sample Application, named housekeeping, 
that contains the following jobs: 
• CLEANUP removes log files, spool files, and .odb files that accumulate over time 
• PURGE_COMPLETED clears completed jobs from the ESP Server completed jobs 
repository 
If you are working in a UNIX environment, you can modify and schedule this 
Application to perform routine maintenance of your ESP Server. 
Note: For Windows environments, use the housekeeping Application as a model and 
change the job types to Windows. 
To use the housekeeping Application 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Use the Define perspective to open the housekeeping Application, located in 
the ESP Desktop Client <installDir>/SampleApplications directory. 
3. Edit the details for each job as follows. 
134 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
Note: You can also add new jobs to run your own scripts. 
• CLEANUP 
Agent name — Enter the name of your default ESP Agent installed with ESP 
Server. 
Run frequency — Enter your schedule criteria. The default is run anyday. 
Script/command name — Enter the path to the cleanup utility provided with 
ESP Server. This utility is located in the <installDir>/Utilities 
directory. 
Arguments to pass — Enter the maximum age of the files you want to delete in 
days. For example if you enter 7, the cleanup utility deletes files that are older 
than 7 days. 
For more information about the cleanup utility, see “Performing an 
automated cleanup of ESP Server” on page 136. 
• PURGE_COMPLETED 
Agent name — Enter the name of your default ESP Agent installed with ESP 
Server. 
Run frequency — Enter your schedule criteria. The default is run anyday. 
Script/command name — Enter the path to the appcmd utility provided with 
ESP Server. This utility is located in the <installDir>/Utilities 
directory. 
Arguments to pass — Enter the following parameters separated by a space: host, 
port, username, password, and the completedjobs purge appcmd. For example 
espressop 7500 CLUSER cluser -appcmd "completedjobs 
purge olderthan(now less 4 days)" 
For more information about the appcmd utility, see “Clearing the ESP Server 
completed jobs repository” on page 152. 
4. To schedule the Application, open the default Date-Time/Manual Event and edit 
the run frequency. 
5. Upload the Application to the server. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 135
Section–ESP Server maintenance 
ESP Server maintenance 
Related topics 
The following maintenance procedures apply to ESP Server: 
• “Performing an automated cleanup of ESP Server” on page 136 
• “Resetting Application generations” on page 137 
• “Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository” on page 138 
• “Archiving server log files” on page 139 
• “Clearing console.txt backup files” on page 140 
• “Clearing server log files” on page 141 
• “Clearing server.log files (UNIX systems only)” on page 143 
Performing an automated cleanup of ESP Server 
You can run the cleanup utility to remove the following files and folders that 
accumulate over time: 
• Default ESP Agent log files and spool files 
• ESP Server log files located in the <installDir>/Resources/LogFiles 
directory 
• On UNIX installations, the ESP Server log files located in the <installDir>/ 
MonitorAndStatus directory 
• On stand-alone ESP Server installations, the time-stamped object databases (.odb) 
files located in the <installDir>/Shared/Resources/Database 
directory, for example the script deletes dmmain.200509081013909.odb but 
not dmmain.odb 
To perform an automated cleanup of ESP Server 
Run the cleanup utility, which is located in the <installDir>/Utilities 
directory. 
• On UNIX: enter the following command at the prompt: 
cleanup.sh n 
• On Windows, enter the following command at the prompt: 
cleanup.bat n 
where n specifies the maximum age of the files in days. For example, if you enter 
cleanup.bat 9, the cleanup utility deletes files that are older than 9 days. 
The cleanup process may take some time depending on the number of files it must 
remove. 
136 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
Resetting Application generations 
As ESP Server processes workflow, Application generations continue to increase. 
You can reset a single Application generation or all Application generations by issuing 
the resetgen application command using the Command Console. 
To reset Application generations 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
resetgen application(app_name) 
app_name is the name of the Application you want to reset, such as 
application(PAYROLL). Use * to reset all Application generations to 0. 
ESP Server returns an error if the Application is active (not completed). Complete 
the Application and re-enter the command. 
If the Application is complete, ESP Server purges all completed generations and 
resets the generation count to 0. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 137
Section–ESP Server maintenance 
Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository 
As ESP Server runs, it collects information about active and completed jobs. Your ESP 
Server relational database stores this information in two tables: ESP_WSS_APPL and 
ESP_WSS_JOB. To maintain performance, you must periodically clear these tables. 
The following describes the options for clearing completed jobs: 
completedjobs purge [olderthan(schedule_expression)] 
[application(app_name[.gen_num])] 
Keyword Description 
none ESP Server purges all completed jobs. 
olderthan 
(schedule_expression) 
Optional. Purges all jobs older than the schedule 
expression. The schedule expression resolves to a single 
time. For example, the expression "now less 24 hours" 
resolves to a time 24 hours before the time you issue 
this command. This command is only active at the 
time you issue it. If you specify a future time, you 
purge all completed jobs. 
Note: If the schedule expression resolves to a day, ESP 
Server uses the implicit time of midnight. 
application 
(app_name[.gen_num]) 
Optional. Purges all completed jobs or specified 
generations of the named Application. For example, if 
you specify 5, you purge the completed jobs in 
generations 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the named Application. 
If you use the keyword olderthan with the 
keyword application, you purge only those 
completed jobs in the Application generations that 
meet the schedule criteria. 
For example, if you specify the Application name 
VERIFY and a schedule expression of "now less than 
24 hours", you purge all completed jobs in all 
generations of the Application VERIFY that are 24 
hours old or older. 
Recommended frequency 
Clear the ESP Server completed jobs repository after 10,000 jobs have completed. 
Example: Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository 
This example purges all applications older than 24 hours. 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
138 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
4. Enter the following command: 
completedjobs purge olderthan(now less 24 hours) 
Archiving server log files 
By default, ESP Server automatically archives the trace and AFM logs. If you run 
extremely heavy workflow, you might consider changing the default frequency for the 
automatic archive, or you might want to perform a manual archive. 
Note: ESP Server creates a new audit log every day. You cannot change this behavior. 
Log files constantly increase in size because ESP Server continually writes to them. To 
reduce the amount of information stored in these files, ESP Server performs an 
automatic archive, or rotation, of all its log files. This automatic-archive process 
reduces clutter in the active log files by creating a new log file on a frequent basis. ESP 
Server stores the new file in the <installDir>/Resources/LogFiles (UNIX) 
or <installDir>ResourcesLogFiles (Windows) directory, with a 
timestamp indicating when ESP Server archived the file. ESP Server then clears the 
active log file and continues logging new information to this file. You can also archive 
active trace and AFM log files manually using the Command Console. 
Automatically archiving log files 
ESP Server uses the Log rotation frequency parameter to control the automatic-archive 
frequency of the trace and AFM log files. By default, ESP Server uses "midnight", 
which means that ESP Server automatically archives all log files every day at midnight. 
To change the automatic-archive frequency, reset the Log rotation frequency parameter 
using simple scheduling statements, for example, "12 am monday" or "every 3 hours". 
To change the automatic-archive frequency 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the tree view, right-click the ESP Server node and select 
Configuration Parameters > Shared Parameters. 
5. In the Log rotation frequency field, enter a new frequency, for example, "every 3 
hours". 
6. Click OK. 
7. Recycle the ESP Server. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 139
Section–ESP Server maintenance 
Manually archiving active log files 
The spin command archives the contents of an active trace or AFM log file into a new 
file. 
To archive an active log file 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
logname spin 
where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). 
For example, if you want to archive the active trace log, enter the following 
command: 
tracelog spin 
Clearing console.txt backup files 
If you use the Command Utilities packaged with ESP Server, each console command 
creates a console.txt backup file that is date- and time-stamped, for example, 
console.20040919163018.txt. ESP Server stores these console.txt files in the 
directory you issue the command from. Over time, these files accumulate and you will 
need to clear them. 
To clear the console.txt backup files 
• On UNIX, at the command prompt, type 
rm console.*.txt 
where the asterisk (*) is a timestamp wildcard. 
• On Windows, delete the console.*.txt files. 
140 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
Clearing server log files 
In addition to archiving log files, you can permanently delete or clear trace or AFM 
log files. You can set a parameter in ESP Server to automatically clear log files at a 
specific archive frequency. You can also clear active log files manually using the 
Command Console. 
Automatically clearing log files 
ESP Server uses the Clear logs after rotation parameter to control the clearing, or 
deleting, of server log files. The default for clearing log files is false, which means ESP 
Server does not delete logs after rotation; ESP Server backs up each log file using the 
name of the log file and the current time. 
To automatically clear log files 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Topology view. 
4. In the tree view, right-click the ESP Server node and select 
Initialization Parameters > Shared Parameters. 
5. Set the value of the Clear logs after rotation parameter to true. 
After a warm start, ESP Server deletes the server log files at the frequency specified 
by the Log rotation frequency parameter. 
6. Click OK. 
7. Recycle ESP Server. 
Manually clearing log files 
The purge command clears the contents of the active or archived trace or AFM log 
file. 
The following describes the options for manually clearing a log file. 
logname purge[(archived|all)] 
Keyword Description 
logname Name of the log 
• tracelog — trace log 
• afmlog — AFM log 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 141
Section–ESP Server maintenance 
Keyword Description 
purge Clears the active log file 
purge(archived) Removes the archived log files 
Note: If you change the log file name after archiving, 
this command only removes the files archived after the 
name change. 
purge(all) Clears the active log file and removes the archived log 
files 
Note: If you change the log file name after archiving, 
this command removes the files archived after the 
name change. 
To clear the active log file 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
logname purge 
where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). 
For example, if you want to clear the active trace log file, enter the following 
command: 
tracelog purge 
To clear the archived log files 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
logname purge(archived) 
where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). 
For example, if you want to clear the archived AFM log file, enter the following 
command: 
afmlog purge(archived) 
To clear the active log file and its archived log files 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
142 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
logname purge(all) 
where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). 
For example, if you want to clear the active AFM log file, enter the following 
command: 
afmlog purge(all) 
Clearing server.log files (UNIX systems only) 
Each time you recycle ESP Server, the server backs up its server.log file. Recycling 
the server routinely causes server.log files to accumulate. You need to clear these 
files manually. 
To clear server.log files 
1. Change to your ESP Server installation directory. 
2. Change to the MonitorAndStatus directory 
cd MonitorAndStatus 
3. At the command prompt, type 
rm server.*.log 
where the asterisk (*) is a timestamp wildcard. 
ESP Agent maintenance 
Related topics 
The following maintenance procedures apply to ESP Agents: 
• “Clearing ESP Agent log files manually” on page 144 
• “Configuring ESP Agent to clear spool files automatically” on page 144 
• “Clearing UNIX spool files using scripts” on page 145 
• “Clearing Windows spool files using the clearspool command” on page 147 
• “Clearing Agent nohup files (V2 UNIX Agents only)” on page 147 
ESP Agent keeps a set of logs that you must clear periodically to maintain disk space 
availability. The log files contain records of all messages between ESP Agent and the 
Cybermation Host as well as internal messages. These files are located in the log 
directory by default and are updated continually while ESP Agent is running. The 
types and number of logs that are generated depend on the log.level parameter set 
in the agentparm.txt file. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 143
Section–ESP Agent maintenance 
You can clear the log files automatically or manually. 
Clearing ESP Agent log files manually 
Use the agentmsg control command to manually clear all log files on ESP Agent, both 
active and archived, with the extension .log. 
1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 
2. Open the Admin perspective. 
3. Open the Command Console. 
4. Enter the following command: 
agentmsg control agentname(agentname) clrfiles 
agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose log files you want to clear. 
Configuring ESP Agent to clear spool files automatically 
By default, ESP Agent does not clear the spool files. You can configure ESP Agent to 
automatically clear the spool files regularly by modifying the agentparm.txt file. 
1. Enable the spool file cleaner (off by default). 
runnerplugin.spool.clean.enable=true 
2. Specify the file expiration time. ESP Agent deletes spool files that are older than 
this value. The default is 10D (10 days). 
runnerplugin.spool.expire=<n><D|H|M|S> 
where n is the time period and 
• D — Days 
• H — Hours 
• M — Minutes 
• S — Seconds 
You cannot specify combinations of time periods. For example, 12D3H is not 
valid. If you specify a number only, ESP Agent assumes days by default. 
144 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
3. Specify the sleep interval. At every interval, ESP Agent checks for spool files that 
meet the expiration time and deletes them. The default is 1D (1 day). 
runnerplugin.spool.sleep=<n><D|H|M|S> 
where n is the time period and 
• D — Days 
• H — Hours 
• M — Minutes 
• S — Seconds 
You cannot specify combinations of time periods. For example, 12D3H is not 
valid. If you specify a number only, ESP Agent assumes days by default. 
Note: If this value is greater than the runnerplugin.spool.expire value, 
ESP Agent ignores this value and checks the spool files at intervals specified by the 
runnerplugin.spool.expire value. 
Example: Deleting spool files older than 10 days 
The following ESP Agent parameters configure ESP Agent to check the spool files 
every 36 hours and delete spool files that are older than 10 days. 
runnerplugin.spool.clean.enable=true 
runnerplugin.spool.expire=10D 
runnerplugin.spool.sleep=36H 
Example: Checking spool files when the sleep interval is greater than the file 
expiration time 
Given the following parameters, ESP Agent ignores the two hour sleep interval set by 
runnerplugin.spool.sleep. ESP Agent checks the spool files every 50 minutes 
and deletes spool files that are older than 50 minutes as specified by 
runnerplugin.spool.expire. 
runnerplugin.spool.clean.enable=true 
runnerplugin.spool.expire=50M 
runnerplugin.spool.sleep=2H 
Clearing UNIX spool files using scripts 
You can clear UNIX spool files periodically using the clearspool and 
deldirifempty (delete directory if empty) scripts. 
1. Create the clearspool and deldirifempty scripts. 
2. Schedule the clearspool script using Cybermation ESP, or run it manually. 
The clearspool script deletes files that meet certain modification time criteria. 
If the spool files are completely cleared, the clearspool script calls 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 145
Section–ESP Agent maintenance 
deldirifempty. The deldirifempty script deletes empty directories within 
the spool directory. 
If you run clearspool from a Telnet session, ensure you switch to the directory 
containing the spool files. 
If you used the defaults when installing ESP Agent, the spool directory is called 
spool. 
The clearspool script assumes the spool directory is called spool in the 
current directory. If not, supply the full directory path name in the environment 
variable SPOOL. 
Creating the clearspool and deldirifempty scripts 
The following are sample scripts. You can have other file maintenance procedures. 
1. Create a script called clearspool that contains the following code: 
#! /bin/ksh 
if [[ -z $SPOOL ]] 
then 
SPOOL=./spool 
fi 
find $SPOOL -type f -mtime +n -exec rm {} ; 
find $SPOOL -depth -type d -exec /bin/ksh /script_path/ 
deldirifempty {} ; 
• mtime n specifies the age of the files to be deleted, where 
• +n — deletes files last modified more than n days. 
• n — deletes file last modified exactly n days ago. 
• -n — deletes files last modified less than n days ago. 
Note: Put this script in the same directory as the cybAgent binary. Otherwise, 
specify the full path for SPOOL. You cannot specify a symbolic-linked directory 
for the SPOOL path. 
2. Create the script called deldirifempty that contains the following code: 
#!/bin/ksh 
Dir=$(ls -A $1) 
if [[ -z $Dir ]] 
then 
echo "deleting directory $1" 
rmdir $1 
else 
echo "$1 is not empty" 
fi 
146 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
Example: Deleting files modified yesterday or earlier 
In the following example, mtime is specified as +1 to delete files that were last 
modified at least one day ago. The clearspool script then calls the 
deldirifempty script, which deletes any empty spool subdirectories. 
#!/bin/ksh 
if [[ -z $SPOOL ]] 
then 
SPOOL=/AgentDirectory/spool 
fi 
find $SPOOL –type f –mtime +1 –exec rm {} ; 
find $SPOOL –depth –type d -exec /bin/ksh /script_path/ 
deldirifempty {} ; 
Note: $SPOOL cannot be symbolic-linked directories. 
Clearing Windows spool files using the clearspool command 
You can clear Windows spool files with the clearspool command. Use 
clearspool in one of two ways: 
• Schedule clearspool to run periodically in a Cybermation ESP Application 
• Run clearspool manually by issuing the clearspool command from the 
Windows command prompt 
Running the clearspool command manually 
1. Define the ESPAGENTDIR environment variable with the path to the ESP 
Agent directory. 
The ESP Agent directory must contain a valid agentparm.txt file. 
2. At the command prompt, enter the clearspool command. 
Example: Clearing spool files older than five days 
This command deletes all files older than five days. 
clearspool 5 
Example: Displaying debugging messages 
This command deletes all files older than 10 days and displays debugging messages to 
the command prompt as it runs. 
clearspool 10 debug 
Clearing Agent nohup files (V2 UNIX Agents only) 
This procedure applies to Version 2 UNIX Agents. When you use nohup as part of 
the command to start the V2 Agent, the Agent creates a timestamped nohup file to 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 147
Section–ESP Agent maintenance 
back up its console messages. If you recycle the Agents routinely, nohup files will 
accumulate in the Agent directory. You will need to clear the Agent nohup files 
manually. 
Note: In newer versions of the UNIX Agent, the Agent stores the console messages in 
its log files. When you use nohup as part of the command to start the Agent, the 
Agent creates one nohup file. However, this nohup is empty, so there is no need to 
clear it. 
To clear UNIX Agent nohup files 
1. Change to the Agent directory you want to clear. 
2. At the command prompt, type 
rm nohup.*.out 
where * is a timestamp wildcard. 
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each Agent. 
148 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 149
Section–ESP Agent maintenance 
150 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 151
Section–ESP Agent maintenance 
152 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 153
Section–ESP Agent maintenance 
154 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Command Console Commands 
This chapter describes the commands you can enter from the Command Console and 
how to issue appcmds using the Command Utility. 
This chapter contains the following topics: 
• Command definitions and syntax 
• Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 155
Section–Command definitions and syntax 
Command definitions and syntax 
The Command Console commands are grouped into four categories: ESP Agent 
commands, log commands, ESP Server commands, and workflow commands. 
ESP Agent commands 
Note: In an ESP High Availability configuration, you can only issue the following 
commands on the Primary. 
Command Description Syntax Related Topics 
agent Issues an ESP Agent 
control command 
agent 
agentname(agentname) 
flush|restart|quiesce 
• “Clearing ESP Agent 
receiver messages” on 
page 59 
• “Resuming message sending 
to an ESP Agent” on 
page 59 
• “Holding ESP Agent 
receiver messages” on 
page 59 
agentmsg control Issues an ESP Agent 
control command 
agentmsg control 
agentname(agentname) 
shutdown|refresh|clrfiles 
• “Shutting down an ESP 
Agent” on page 58 
• “Clearing ESP Agent 
receiver messages” on 
page 59 
• “Clearing ESP Agent log 
files manually” on page 144 
In the syntax column 
• Italic indicates a variable. 
• A vertical bar "|" indicates that you must specify either the keyword to the left of 
the bar or the keyword to the right of the bar. 
Log commands 
Command Description Syntax Related Topics 
afmlog filterid Applies filter ID numbers 
to the ESP Server active 
AFM log 
afmlog filterid(nnn) “Applying temporary tracelog 
filter IDs” on page 99 
afmlog purge Clears the ESP Server 
AFM logs 
afmlog 
purge[(archived|all)] 
“Clearing server log files” on 
page 141 
afmlog spin Archives the ESP Server 
active AFM log 
afmlog spin “Archiving server log files” on 
page 139 
156 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 11–Command Console Commands 
Command Description Syntax Related Topics 
auditlog export Creates an audit log in 
Comma Separated Values 
(CSF) format and a report 
in html format 
auditlog export 
path(directory_path) 
name(name) 
[startdate(yyyyMMdd)] 
[enddate(yyyyMMdd)] 
“Creating an audit log report” 
on page 98 
display afmlog Displays the location and 
file name of the ESP 
Server AFM log 
display afmlog 
display auditlog Displays the location and 
file name of the ESP 
Server audit log 
display auditlog 
display tracelog Displays the location and 
file name of the ESP 
Server trace log 
display tracelog 
tracelog filterid Applies filter ID numbers 
to the ESP Server active 
trace log 
tracelog filterid(nnn) “Applying temporary tracelog 
filter IDs” on page 99 
tracelog purge Clears the ESP Server 
trace log 
tracelog 
purge[(archived|all)] 
“Clearing server log files” on 
page 141 
tracelog spin Archives the ESP Server 
active trace log 
tracelog spin “Archiving server log files” on 
page 139 
In the syntax column 
• Italic indicates a variable. 
• A vertical bar "|" indicates that you must specify either the keyword to the left of 
the bar or the keyword to the right of the bar. 
• A pair of square brackets "[ ]" enclosing a keyword indicates that the keyword is 
optional. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 157
Section–Command definitions and syntax 
ESP Server commands 
Command Description Syntax Related Topics 
about Shows the ESP Server version 
and build number, as well as a 
list of users connected to ESP 
Server 
about “Viewing a list of users 
changerole Changes the ESP Server ESP 
High Availability role 
changerole “Switching Primary and 
countlist Lists the total number of each 
ESP artifact type in your system. 
ESP artifact types are Agents, 
Alerts, Applications, Calendars, 
Events, Forecasts, Groups, 
JavaScripts, Resources, and 
Users. 
countlist “Viewing a list of artifacts in the 
licensestatus Displays the total number of 
licenses available, the number of 
licenses in use, and the 
temporary licenses’ expiry date 
licensestatus “Viewing your license status” on 
memcheck Displays the total free memory 
and maximum heap size 
memcheck “Checking the server memory 
stop Stops the ESP Server stop “Stopping ESP Server using the 
In the syntax column, italic indicates a variable. 
connected to the server” on 
page 12 
Standby roles” on page 112 
system” on page 25 
page 26 
usage” on page 25 
Command Console” on page 21 
158 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 11–Command Console Commands 
workflow commands 
Note: In an ESP High Availability configuration, you can only issue the following 
commands on the Primary. 
Command Description Syntax Related Topics 
completedjobs 
purge 
Purges completed jobs 
• All jobs 
• Those job older than 
a scheduled time 
• A particular 
generation and its 
predecessors 
completedjobs purge 
[olderthan(schedule_expres 
sion)] 
[application(app_name.[ge 
n_num])] 
“Clearing the ESP Server 
completed jobs repository” on 
page 138 
Displays information 
about a job running in 
ESP Server 
display 
workloadobject(applname 
.gen. 
wobname.qualifier) 
resetgen application Purges all completed 
generations of the 
specified application and 
resets the generation 
number to 0 
resetgen 
application(*|applname) 
“Resetting Application 
generations” on page 137 
In the syntax column 
• Italic indicates a variable. 
• A vertical bar "|" indicates that you must specify either the keyword to the left of 
the bar or the keyword to the right of the bar. 
• A pair of square brackets "[ ]" enclosing a keyword indicates that the keyword is 
optional. 
display 
workloadobject 
Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility 
You can use the Command Utility to issue appcmd commands one at a time or as 
multiple commands in a single statement. 
Note: The Command Utility is a separate, stand-alone utility that is not related to the 
ESP Desktop Client’s Admin perspective. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 159
Section–Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility 
Syntax 
Note: On Windows, replace appcmd.sh with appcmd.bat. 
appcmd.sh 
host 
port 
username 
password 
[file to execute] 
[Wait before close] 
Note: You must write this statement on a single line. On UNIX, the command is case 
sensitive. 
The following table defines the parameter values you must specify. 
Value Definition 
host The ESP Server IP address or DNS name 
port The ESP Server console port. The default value is 7500. 
username Name of the user issuing the appcmd command 
password Password of the user issuing the appcmd command 
file to 
File containing the appcmd commands 
execute 
Wait before 
close 
Specifies whether you want the system to wait for each appcmd 
command to complete before the next one is sent 
• T — Command Utility will wait for each appcmd to complete 
(default). 
• F — Command Utility will exit before receiving a response to 
each appcmd command. 
Issuing appcmd commands interactively 
You require an active session to carry out this procedure. 
1. From the command prompt, enter the following on one line, substituting values 
for host, port, username, and password: 
Note: On Windows, replace appcmd.sh with appcmd.bat. 
appcmd.sh host port username password 
2. Press Enter. 
If your network connection is established, the command prompt changes to the 
name of the server, for example, Manager: 
MANAGER> 
3. At the prompt, enter the appcmd command, for example, about. 
about 
160 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 11–Command Console Commands 
4. Once you finish issuing appcmd commands, type @exit and press Enter. 
Your system disconnects from the server and returns to the command prompt. 
Example 
The following example shows the syntax to start the Command Utility in interactive 
mode on a host called myesp. This host uses the default console port of 7500 for the 
ESP Server. 
UNIX 
appcmd.sh myEspresso 7500 Admin admin 
Windows 
appcmd.bat myEspresso 7500 Admin admin 
Issuing appcmd commands in batch mode 
You can write a text file that has multiple appcmd commands in it. When you run the 
Command Utility to issue the appcmd commands, the Command Utility iterates over 
each appcmd command in the file, sending each one to the server. 
Specify a command file for the file you want to execute using one line for each 
command. The command file is a text file that contains the appcmd commands you 
wish to run. 
Example: Using batch mode 
The following example shows the syntax to start the Command Utility in batch mode 
on a host called myEspresso. This host uses the default console port of 7500 for the 
ESP Server. Your file purgelog.txt contains commands to purge the trace log and 
AFM log. 
UNIX 
appcmd.sh myEspresso 7500 Admin admin purgelog.txt 
Windows 
appcmd.bat myEspresso 7500 Admin admin purgelog.txt 
Here is the content of your purgelog.txt file: 
tracelog purge(all) 
afmlog purge(all) 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 161
Section–Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility 
162 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
Servers 
This chapter covers the procedures for integrating two Cybermation ESP: dSeries 
Servers. It contains the following topics: 
• Integrating your ESP Servers 
• Verifying your integration 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 163
Section–Integrating your ESP Servers 
Integrating your ESP Servers 
ESP Server is packaged with a default ESP Agent, which you use to route information 
between two Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers. You can use either of the default ESP 
Agents as the router. Before you begin your setup, identify which default ESP Agent 
you are going to use. 
In the following diagram, and in the example used in this section, the ESP Server1 
default ESP Agent is used to route data between the two ESP Servers. 
As you work through the steps in this chapter, refer to the Integrating ESP Servers 
diagram diagram below. 
Integrating ESP Servers diagram 
Information you need 
ESP Server2 
Collect the following information about your ESP Server2 system. 
Information Required Default Value Value Used 
Manager name MANAGER2 
IP address of the machine where 
— 
ESP Server is installed 
Port number through which the 
Manager component receives 
requests 
7507 
This information is in the ESP Server topology. You need this information to update 
the default ESP Agent for ESP Server1. 
164 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 12–Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers 
Default ESP Agent 
Collect the following information about the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. 
Information Required Value Used 
ESP Agent name (default name is 
AGENT) 
ESP Agent type (for example, UNIX) 
IP address of the machine where ESP 
Agent is installed 
Port number on which ESP Agent 
communicates with ESP Server 
Encryption key 
You need this information to define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in the 
topology for ESP Server2. 
Setup tasks 
This section describes the high level tasks you complete to integrate your two ESP 
Servers. 
To set up communication between your two ESP Servers, complete two tasks: 
1. Update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to communicate with ESP Server2. 
2. Define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in the ESP Server2 topology. 
Update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to communicate with ESP 
Server2 
You need to update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent parameter file so the ESP 
Agent can communicate with ESP Server2. You use the information you collected for 
ESP Server 2. 
To update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to communicate with ESP Server2 
Note: These steps assume you are using the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. 
1. Open the agentparm.txt for the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. The default 
location for the file is <installDir>/ESPSystemAgent 
where <installDir> represents the installation directory for ESP Server1 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 165
Section–Integrating your ESP Servers 
2. Refer to the information you collected for “ESP Server2” on page 164. Under the 
Communications section of the agentparm.txt file, make changes to the 
following three parameters: 
• communication.managerid_2=manager2I 
Replace manager2I with the Manager name. 
• communication.manageraddress_2=manager2A 
Replace manager2A with the IP address of the machine on which ESP Server2 
is installed. 
• communication.managerport_2=manager2P 
Replace manager2P with the Manager port number for ESP Server2. 
3. For all three parameters, remove the comment character (#) at the beginning of 
the line to activate these lines. 
4. Save and close the file. 
5. Restart ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. 
The following is an example of the agentparm.txt file. The bold text in the 
example defines the ESP Server2 parameters. The values shown correspond to the 
values shown in the “Integrating ESP Servers diagram” on page 164. 
agentname=AGENT 
# 
# Communications 
communication.managerid_1=MANAGER 
communication.manageraddress_1=CYBER1 
communication.managerport_1=7507 
#communication.monitorobject_1=AGENT/AGENTMON1.0/MAIN 
communication.managerid_2=MANAGER2 
communication.manageraddress_2=CYBER2 
communication.managerport_2=7507 
#communication.monitorobject_2=AGENT/AGENTMON2.0/MAIN 
... 
communication.inputport=7520 
communication.prefixlevel=2 
... 
security.cryptkey=0x313233343563738 
166 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 12–Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers 
Define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in ESP Server2 topology 
You need to define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in the ESP Server2 topology so 
ESP Server2 can communicate with ESP Agent. The ESP Server1 default ESP Agent 
was defined in the ESP Server1 topology during the ESP Server1 installation. How 
you complete this task will depend on the naming of the default ESP Agents. Refer to 
Scenarios 1 or 2 below for the appropriate steps to follow. 
Scenario 1: The two default ESP Agents have the same name 
It is likely that the default ESP Agents for your two ESP Servers will have the same 
name. If your ESP Server2 default ESP Agent has the same name as the 
ESP_ Server_1 default ESP Agent, you need to do the following: 
1. Change the name of the ESP Server2 default ESP Agent in the ESP Server2 
topology. 
2. Change the ESP Agent parameter file of the ESP Server2 default ESP Agent to 
reflect the new name. 
3. Update all Applications that use the ESP Server2 default ESP Agent to reflect the 
new ESP Agent name. 
4. Add the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to the ESP Server2 topology using the 
ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective. Refer to the information you collected 
for the “Default ESP Agent” on page 165. Make sure the parameter values for the 
new ESP Server2 ESP Agent match those defined for the ESP Server1 default ESP 
Agent. 
Scenario 2: The two default ESP Agents have different names 
If the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent has a different name than the ESP Server2 ESP 
Agent, then you simply need to add the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to the ESP 
Server2 topology. 
Refer to the information you collected for the “Default ESP Agent” on page 165. Add 
the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to the ESP Server2 topology using ESP Desktop 
Client’s Admin perspective. Make sure the parameter values for the new ESP Server2 
ESP Agent match those defined for the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 167
Section–Verifying your integration 
Verifying your integration 
To verify that your ESP Server1 and ESP Server2 environments are set up correctly, 
complete these steps: 
1. Create a home Application (APPL1) on one ESP Server system and a distant 
Application (APPL2) on the other. 
2. In your distant Application, define an External Other Scheduler job. 
3. Create and trigger Events for both Applications (APPL1 and APPL2). 
Note: We recommend you create and trigger the Event for the distant Application 
first. 
4. Monitor the jobs running in the distant Application. 
In the following example, the External Other Scheduler job is defined in the distant 
Application using ESP Server2. ESP Server1 runs the home Application to submit job 
B. 
Note: This section chapter only provides the procedural steps for defining an External 
Other Scheduler job. For other procedures required to verify the setup (steps 1, 3, and 
4), refer to the Getting Started with Cybermation ESP: dSeries guide. 
Define an External Other Scheduler job 
1. Use the ESP Desktop Client Define perspective to open an Application. 
2. In the Workflow Objects tree, select External-Other Scheduler. 
3. Place an External-Other Scheduler icon onto the workspace. 
4. Right-click the job icon and select Edit. 
5. On the Basic tab, enter the Job name and qualifier. 
The name and qualifier you assign to your External job must be the same as the 
name and qualifier of the job in the home Application. 
168 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Chapter 12–Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers 
6. Complete the following fields: 
• Specify External Scheduler Name — Enter the name of the other scheduler. This 
scheduler is running the home Application that submits the job which the 
External job you are defining depends on. 
• Specify Agent Name — Enter the name of the Espresso default ESP Agent that 
you are using to route information between the schedulers. 
• Specify Application Name — (Optional) To override the default, specify the name 
of the home Application that submits the job. 
• Specify Scheduled Parameter — (Optional) To override the default, specify the 
scheduled time of the Event that submits the job, or the trigger time for non-scheduled 
Events. 
7. Complete the details on the other tabs, as required, and click OK. 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 169
Section–Verifying your integration 
170 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Using the Import/Export Utility 
You can use the import/export utility in batch or interactive mode to import and 
export artifact definitions such as Alerts, Applications, calendars, Events, forecasts, 
JavaScript scripts, and resources. For example, you may want to export your 
Application definitions to a directory, update the Applications outside of the ESP 
database, and import the changed definitions back into the ESP database. 
All artifact definitions, except javascript, config and sundry, are stored as XML files. 
Syntax 
The import/export utility uses the following command syntax: 
UNIX 
imexutil.sh [-h host] [-p port] [-u user] [-w password] [-c cmd] [-help] 
Windows 
imexutil.bat [-h host] [-p port] [-u user] [-w password] [-c cmd] [-help] 
Operand Description 
host ESP Server IP address or DNS name 
port ESP Server port 
user The client user ID 
ESPD-5.0-UG-02 171
Section–Commands 
Operand Description 
password The client user ID password 
cmd The command(s) or file containing commands to issue in batch mode. If not 
help Displays help. If specified, other options are ignored. 
Commands 
specified, interactive mode is invoked. You can specify a list of commands 
separated by semi-colons or a file containing the commands, indicated by 
prefixing the file name with an @ sign. For example: 
-c "exportapplication -outdir c:applications" 
-c "exportapplication -outdir c:applications; 
exportevent -outdir c:events" 
-c @C:commands.txt 
Note: If the argument contains a space, enclose the argument within 
quotes, for example -c "@input file.txt". 
Importing definitions 
Use the import command to import artifact definitions from files and directories. 
Files are processed before directories. If an error is encountered processing an artifact, 
processing continues with the next artifact. 
The import command uses the following syntax: 
importartifact [-file filenames] [-dir dirnames] 
Operand Description 
artifact The artifact name. Use any of the following artifact names: 
• agent — ESP Agent definitions from the ESP Server topology 
• alert — ESP Alert definitions 
• application — ESP Application definitions 
• calendar — ESP calendar definitions 
• config — ESP Server configuration parameters 
• event — ESP Event definitions 
• forecast — definitions used for forecast reports 
• javascript — JavaScript scripts stored in the JavaScript repository 
• resource — resource definitions 
• sundry — artifacts not covered in other artifact categories, such as global 
system-level symbolic variables 
filenames A list of file names separated by spaces. Name masking is not supported. 
Files are loaded before directories. 
dirnames A list of directory names separated by spaces. Name masking is not 
supported. Directories are loaded after files. 
172 ESPD-5.0-UG-02
Appendix 13–Using the Import/Export Utility 
Exporting definitions 
Use the export command to export artifact definitions to a directory. If an error is 
encountered processing an artifact, processing continues with the next artifact. 
The export command uses the following syntax: 
exportartifact [-outdir outputdir] 
Operand Description 
artifact The artifact name. 
• agent — ESP Agent definitions from the ESP Server topology 
• alert — ESP Alert definitions 
• application — ESP Application definitions 
• calendar — ESP calendar definitions 
• config — ESP Server configuration parameters 
• event — ESP Event definitions 
• forecast — forecast definitions used for forecast reports 
• group — group definitions used for security 
• javascript — JavaScript scripts stored in the JavaScript repository 
• resource — resource definitions 
• sundry — artifacts not covered in other artifact categories, such as global 
system-level symbolic variables 
outputdir The directory the artifact definitions are exported to. If not specified, the 
artifacts are exported to the current working directory. 
Authenticating a user 
Use the user command to authenticate a user. 
The user command uses the following syntax: 
user userid password 
Operand Description 
userid The user ID to be authenticated 
password The password for the user ID 
Terminating a session 
Use the end command terminates a session. 
The end command uses the following syntax. 
end 
Examples 
The following examples export all Applications to c:applications and all 
calendars to c:calendars. 
ESPD-5.0-UG-02 173
Section–Examples 
Batch commands 
imexutil.bat -h esp -p 7500 -u schedmaster -w schedmaster -c 
"exportapplication -outdir c:applications; exportcalendar -outdir 
c:calendars" 
Batch command file 
imexutil.bat -h esp -p 7500 -c @c:commandfile.txt 
The commandfile.txt file contains the following: 
user schedmaster schedmaster 
exportapplication -outdir c:applications 
exportcalendar -outdir c:calendars 
Interactive 
imexutil.bat -h esp -p 7500 
-->user schedmaster schedmaster 
Logged on successfully to application server. 
-->exportapplication -outdir c:applications 
Attempting to export application VERIFY 
Exported application definition VERIFY version 1 
-->exportcalendar -outdir c:calendars 
Attempting to export calendar SYSTEM 
Exported calendar definition SYSTEM version 1 
-->end 
Session terminated 
174 ESPD-5.0-UG-02
Index 
A 
about command, 158 
ADMIN default user, 62 
ADMIN permission, 72, 76 
Admin perspective 
admin user, 10 
views, 10 
ADMIN.Network Topology permission, 72 
ADMIN.Security Files permission, 73 
ADMINGRP group, 63 
afmlog filterid command, 156 
afmlog purge command, 156 
afmlog spin command, 156 
agent command, 156 
AGENT permission, 73 
agentmsg control command, 156 
AGENTMSG permission, 74 
AGENTUSER permission, 75 
ALERT permission, 76 
appcmd commands 
description, 156 
ESP Agent, 156 
ESP Server commands, 158 
log commands, 156 
APPL permission, 76 
Application generations, resetting, 137 
Applications that fail to generate, setting up 
notifications, 24 
APPLX permission, 78 
artifact definitions 
exporting, 173 
importing, 172 
artifacts in the system, viewing a list, 25 
audit log 
creating report, 98 
information, 98 
auditlog export command, 157 
automatic failback, 106, 109 
C 
CALENDAR permission, 79 
changerole command, 158 
CMD permission, 80 
cold start 
definition, 17 
performing, 17 
Command Utility, 159 
batch, 161 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 175
interactive, 160 
syntax, 160 
completed jobs, clearing, 138 
completedjobs purge command, 159 
configuration parameters 
ESP Agent, 55 
Espresso Server, 22 
instance, 22 
shared, 22 
console.txt backup files, clearing, 140 
countlist command 
description, 158 
using, 26 
D 
database 
see also relational database 
disk monitoring ESP Agent, 27 
disk space availability, shared directory, 27 
display afmlog command, 157 
display auditlog command, 157 
display tracelog command, 157 
display workloadobject command, 159 
E 
email addresses, changing, 23 
ESP Agent 
changing user’s password, 57 
clearing log files, 143 
clearing spool files, 144 
controlling, 58 
defining users, 56 
description, 7 
modifying configuration parameters, 55 
reloading security file, 59 
stopping, 58 
ESP Agent for z/OS, configuring, 57 
ESP Agent receiver messages 
holding and resuming, 59 
ESP Agent receiver messages, clearing, 59 
ESP artifact types, 25 
ESP Desktop Client 
administrator’s component, 10 
applying software updates, 13 
description, 6 
passwords, 11 
server connections, 11 
viewing users connected, 12 
ESP High Availability 
configuration models, 113 
detection, 108 
process, 107 
requirements, 114 
terminology, 106 
verifying the configuration, 117 
ESP High Security 
installation steps, 30 
ESP Server 
archiving log files, 139 
changing port numbers, 23 
changing the Windows service name, 30 
checking status, 16 
clearing completed jobs repository, 138 
configuring, 22 
description, 6 
filter IDs, 101 
instance and shared parameters, 22 
log files, 96 
recycling, 20 
start type, 17 
starting, 18 
startup in failover configuration, 107 
stopping, 20 
ESP Server log files 
see log files 
ESP Server roles, switching, 112 
EVENT permission, 81 
EVENTX permission, 82 
EVERYONE group, 63 
exception messages, 96 
exporting audit log, 98 
F 
failback 
automatic, 106, 109 
changing the type, 111 
manual, 106, 110 
failover 
configuring detection, 110 
filter IDs 
about, 96 
applying permanent, 100 
applying temporary, 99 
summary, 101 
filtering messages, 99 
176 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
Index 
G 
group description, changing, 70 
group permissions, adding, changing or removing, 69 
groups 
ADMINGRP, 63 
creating, 69 
description, 62 
EVERYONE, 63 
OPERGRP, 64 
predefined, 63 
removing from the ESP Server topology, 70 
SCHEDGRP, 64 
H 
heap size, checking, 25 
I 
import/export utility, syntax, 171 
J 
jobs forced to complete, setting up notifications, 24 
L 
license status, 26 
licensestatus command, 158 
log files, 96 
applying permanent filter IDs, 100 
applying temporary filter IDs, 99 
archiving, 139 
archiving automatically, 139 
archiving manually, 140 
changing location/name, 97 
clearing, 141 
manually, 141 
clearing automatically, 141 
exception messages, 96 
filter IDs, 96 
filtering messages, 99 
maintenance, 96 
rotation, 139 
types, 96 
M 
manual failback, 106, 110 
memcheck command, 158 
memcheck command, using, 25 
memory usage, checking, 25 
Micro Focus 
security rule, 41 
N 
nohup files 
clearing, 147 
description, 147 
notifications 
setting up for Applications that fail to 
generate, 24 
setting up for jobs forced to complete, 24 
O 
OPERGRP group, 64 
P 
passwords 
changing, 11 
resetting, 12 
permissions 
adding, changing or removing, 67 
ADMIN, 72, 76 
ADMIN.Network Topology, 72 
ADMIN.Security Files, 73 
AGENT, 73 
AGENTMSG, 74 
AGENTUSER, 75 
ALERT, 76 
APPLX, 78 
CALENDAR, 79 
CMD, 80 
conventions, 65 
description, 64 
summary, 72 
user vs group, 65 
R 
relational database 
changing connectivity properties, 131 
description, 130 
ESP High Availability, 130 
history reporting, 130 
resource management, 130 
resetgen application command, 159 
ESPD-5.0-AG-02 177
RESOURCE permission, 83 
S 
SCHEDGRP group, 64 
SCHEDMASTER default user, 62 
security 
creating groups, 69 
creating users, 66 
deleting users, 68 
description, 62 
groups, 62 
permissions, 64 
permissions summary, 72 
setting up, 84 
users, 62 
security file, reloading, 59 
security rules 
Micro Focus, 41 
server.log files 
clearing, 143 
description, 143 
shared directory 
monitoring, 26 
monitoring availability, 28 
shared-file system, 115 
SMTP server name, changing, 23 
SNMP Manager 
changing settings, 124 
third-party configuration, 125 
SNMP Manager, using third-party, 122 
SNMP Message Viewer 
removing messages, 127 
SNMP messages 
description, 122 
opening, 127 
printing, 127 
receiving, 126 
removing, 127 
saving, 127 
understanding, 122 
viewing in text format, 127 
SNMP trap receiver 
stopping, 126 
software updates for ESP Desktop Client, 13 
start type, ESP Server, 17 
stop command, 158 
T 
tracelog filterid command, 157 
tracelog purge command, 157 
tracelog spin command, 157 
U 
users 
adding to a group, 67 
ADMIN default user, 62 
changing names, 68 
creating, 66 
deleting, 68 
description, 62 
removing from a group, 68 
removing from the ESP Server topology, 68 
SCHEDMASTER default user, 62 
V 
virtual Agent 
removing parent, 55 
W 
warm start, definition, 17 
Windows service name for ESP Server, changing, 30 
178 ESPD-5.0-AG-02

More Related Content

PDF
APM81SP1_RevA_Installation_Book
PDF
B28654oas10g best pracitice
PDF
Adf tutorial oracle
PDF
Asus p5k
PDF
Installing and conf guide for hp sm connector
PDF
Ovm user's guide
PDF
EBS 11i 1213 upgrade
PDF
2.oracle purchasing
APM81SP1_RevA_Installation_Book
B28654oas10g best pracitice
Adf tutorial oracle
Asus p5k
Installing and conf guide for hp sm connector
Ovm user's guide
EBS 11i 1213 upgrade
2.oracle purchasing

What's hot (19)

PDF
records_6.7sp2_userguide
PDF
Whats New In Change Auditor - 5.5
PDF
Esm management console_userguide_6.0c
PDF
Oracle database 12c client installation overview
PDF
Esm scg intrusion_6.0c
PDF
Rst4userguide
PDF
Oracle® database 2 days security guide e10575
PDF
Cr app controller_in_system_center_2012_sp1
PDF
Lock Lizard Secure Pdf Mac Viewer V2 5
PDF
PDF
121ontapi
PDF
PDF
Web logic installation document
PDF
Esm admin guide_5.2
PDF
E29632
PDF
Whitepaper Availability complete visibility service provider
PDF
Ansys mechanical apdl context sensitive help
PDF
High availability solutions
records_6.7sp2_userguide
Whats New In Change Auditor - 5.5
Esm management console_userguide_6.0c
Oracle database 12c client installation overview
Esm scg intrusion_6.0c
Rst4userguide
Oracle® database 2 days security guide e10575
Cr app controller_in_system_center_2012_sp1
Lock Lizard Secure Pdf Mac Viewer V2 5
121ontapi
Web logic installation document
Esm admin guide_5.2
E29632
Whitepaper Availability complete visibility service provider
Ansys mechanical apdl context sensitive help
High availability solutions
Ad

Viewers also liked (9)

PDF
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Q1-Q2)
PPTX
EsP grade 7 modyul 4
PDF
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN MUSIC (Q3-Q4)
PDF
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Q3-Q4)
PPTX
1st quarter (grade 7 pe lesson 1)
PDF
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN HEALTH (Q1-Q2)
PDF
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MATERIAL IN EDUKASYON SA PAGPAPAKATAO (Q1-Q2)
PDF
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN MUSIC (Q1-Q2)
PDF
K to 12 household services learning module
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Q1-Q2)
EsP grade 7 modyul 4
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN MUSIC (Q3-Q4)
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Q3-Q4)
1st quarter (grade 7 pe lesson 1)
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN HEALTH (Q1-Q2)
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MATERIAL IN EDUKASYON SA PAGPAPAKATAO (Q1-Q2)
K TO 12 GRADE 7 LEARNING MODULE IN MUSIC (Q1-Q2)
K to 12 household services learning module
Ad

Similar to Q000241e admin guide (20)

DOC
Aegis User guide v7 08
PDF
Pm api ref
PDF
Kyocera FS-C-5030-N Operation Guide
PDF
Service desk release_enu
PDF
Manual fet-pro430
PDF
Moving to IBM PureFlex System x86-to-x86 Migration
PDF
E989 p4s533
PDF
ESM_InstallGuide_5.6.pdf
PDF
Microsoft Dynamics CRM - Connector Overview
PDF
intouch
PDF
Kyocera FS-4000-DN Operation Guide
PDF
vcs_srdf_install_emcSRDG agentguidecluster.pdf
 
PDF
Asus K8V SE Deluxe Motherboard
PDF
ASUS P4V8X-X
PDF
73299519-Avaya-Communication-Manager-Basic-Diagnostics-Quick-Reference.pdf
PDF
PDF
e1171_p4se-u2
PDF
E1265 a7s333
PDF
SLM
PDF
Reputation Security Monitor (RepSM) v1.01 Solution Guide for ArcSight Express...
Aegis User guide v7 08
Pm api ref
Kyocera FS-C-5030-N Operation Guide
Service desk release_enu
Manual fet-pro430
Moving to IBM PureFlex System x86-to-x86 Migration
E989 p4s533
ESM_InstallGuide_5.6.pdf
Microsoft Dynamics CRM - Connector Overview
intouch
Kyocera FS-4000-DN Operation Guide
vcs_srdf_install_emcSRDG agentguidecluster.pdf
 
Asus K8V SE Deluxe Motherboard
ASUS P4V8X-X
73299519-Avaya-Communication-Manager-Basic-Diagnostics-Quick-Reference.pdf
e1171_p4se-u2
E1265 a7s333
SLM
Reputation Security Monitor (RepSM) v1.01 Solution Guide for ArcSight Express...

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Influence of Green Infrastructure on Residents’ Endorsement of the New Ecolog...
PPTX
tack Data Structure with Array and Linked List Implementation, Push and Pop O...
PPTX
Feature types and data preprocessing steps
PPTX
Software Engineering and software moduleing
PPTX
Module 8- Technological and Communication Skills.pptx
PPTX
Petroleum Refining & Petrochemicals.pptx
PDF
Abrasive, erosive and cavitation wear.pdf
PPTX
Chapter 2 -Technology and Enginerring Materials + Composites.pptx
PDF
Implantable Drug Delivery System_NDDS_BPHARMACY__SEM VII_PCI .pdf
PPTX
Management Information system : MIS-e-Business Systems.pptx
PPTX
mechattonicsand iotwith sensor and actuator
PDF
First part_B-Image Processing - 1 of 2).pdf
PPTX
Measurement Uncertainty and Measurement System analysis
PDF
Unit I -OPERATING SYSTEMS_SRM_KATTANKULATHUR.pptx.pdf
PPTX
Amdahl’s law is explained in the above power point presentations
PDF
Unit1 - AIML Chapter 1 concept and ethics
PPTX
Graph Data Structures with Types, Traversals, Connectivity, and Real-Life App...
PDF
Soil Improvement Techniques Note - Rabbi
PDF
null (2) bgfbg bfgb bfgb fbfg bfbgf b.pdf
PDF
August -2025_Top10 Read_Articles_ijait.pdf
Influence of Green Infrastructure on Residents’ Endorsement of the New Ecolog...
tack Data Structure with Array and Linked List Implementation, Push and Pop O...
Feature types and data preprocessing steps
Software Engineering and software moduleing
Module 8- Technological and Communication Skills.pptx
Petroleum Refining & Petrochemicals.pptx
Abrasive, erosive and cavitation wear.pdf
Chapter 2 -Technology and Enginerring Materials + Composites.pptx
Implantable Drug Delivery System_NDDS_BPHARMACY__SEM VII_PCI .pdf
Management Information system : MIS-e-Business Systems.pptx
mechattonicsand iotwith sensor and actuator
First part_B-Image Processing - 1 of 2).pdf
Measurement Uncertainty and Measurement System analysis
Unit I -OPERATING SYSTEMS_SRM_KATTANKULATHUR.pptx.pdf
Amdahl’s law is explained in the above power point presentations
Unit1 - AIML Chapter 1 concept and ethics
Graph Data Structures with Types, Traversals, Connectivity, and Real-Life App...
Soil Improvement Techniques Note - Rabbi
null (2) bgfbg bfgb bfgb fbfg bfbgf b.pdf
August -2025_Top10 Read_Articles_ijait.pdf

Q000241e admin guide

  • 1. Cybermation ESP: dSeries Release 5.0 Administrator’s Guide ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 2. Second Edition (February 2007) This edition applies to Cybermation ESP: dSeries Release 5.0. The software and related manuals are protected by copyright law. Cybermation ESP: dSeries documentation This documentation and any related computer software help programs (hereinafter referred to as the “Documentation”) is for the end user’s informational purposes only and is subject to change or withdrawal by CA at any time. This Documentation may not be copied, transferred, reproduced, disclosed, modified or duplicated, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of CA. This Documentation is confidential and proprietary information of CA and protected by the copyright laws of the United States and international treaties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, licensed users may print a reasonable number of copies of the documentation for their own internal use, and may make one copy of the related software as reasonably required for back-up and disaster recovery purposes, provided that all CA copyright notices and legends are affixed to each reproduced copy. Only authorized employees, consultants, or agents of the user who are bound by the provisions of the license for the product are permitted to have access to such copies. The right to print copies of the documentation and to make a copy of the related software is limited to the period during which the applicable license for the Product remains in full force and effect. Should the license terminate for any reason, it shall be the user’s responsibility to certify in writing to CA that all copies and partial copies of the Documentation have been returned to CA or destroyed. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STATED IN THE APPLICABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENTATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL CA BE LIABLE TO THE END USER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, GOODWILL, OR LOST DATA, EVEN IF CA IS EXPRESSLY ADVISED OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. The use of any product referenced in the Documentation is governed by the end user’s applicable license agreement. The manufacturer of this Documentation is CA. Provided with “Restricted Rights.” Use, duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in FAR Sections 12.212, 52.227-14, and 52.227-19(c)(1) - (2) and DFARS Section 252.227-7014(b)(3), as applicable, or their successors. All trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos referenced herein belong to their respective companies. Copyright © 2007 CA. All rights reserved.
  • 4. Contents Using this guide ................................................................................................. 1 Other guides in the Cybermation ESP: dSeries library ....................................... 2 Changes in this edition....................................................................................... 2 1 Introduction to Cybermation ESP: dSeries 5 Cybermation ESP system components ............................................................... 6 How the components work together .................................................................. 7 2 Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop Client 9 About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective........................................... 10 Using the Admin perspective............................................................................ 10 Managing server connections ........................................................................... 11 Changing passwords......................................................................................... 11 Resetting a user’s password............................................................................... 12 Viewing a list of users connected to the server .................................................. 12 Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client ........................................... 13 3 Working with Cybermation ESP Server 15 Checking server status ...................................................................................... 16 About ESP Server start types ............................................................................ 17 Starting the server ............................................................................................ 18 Stopping the server........................................................................................... 20 Recycling the server.......................................................................................... 20 Configuring the server...................................................................................... 22 Changing the email addresses or SMTP server ................................................. 23 ESPD-5.0-AG-02 iv
  • 5. Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate .................... 24 Setting up notifications when a job is forced to complete ................................. 24 Checking the server memory usage................................................................... 25 Viewing a list of artifacts in the system ............................................................. 25 Viewing your license status............................................................................... 26 Monitoring the shared directory....................................................................... 26 Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP Server .................. 30 Installing the ESP High Security Option.......................................................... 30 4 Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 33 Supported ESP Agents and related documentation........................................... 34 Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server............................................... 34 Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server....... 51 Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server ............................................................ 54 Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters............................................... 55 Configuring the z/OS ESP Agent..................................................................... 57 Controlling ESP Agents ................................................................................... 58 5 Establishing and Controlling Security 61 About ESP Server security................................................................................ 62 Working with users .......................................................................................... 66 Working with groups ....................................................................................... 69 Summary of security permissions ..................................................................... 72 Setting up your ESP Server security network.................................................... 84 6 Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files 95 About log files .................................................................................................. 96 Changing a log’s location or name ................................................................... 97 Creating an audit log report ............................................................................. 98 Filtering messages sent to trace logs .................................................................. 99 Summary of filter IDs .................................................................................... 101 7 Administering ESP High Availability 105 ESP High Availability terminology................................................................. 106 The ESP High Availability process ................................................................. 107 Configuring ESP High Availability detection ................................................. 110 Changing the type of failback......................................................................... 111 Switching Primary and Standby roles ............................................................. 112 Converting to an ESP High Availability installation....................................... 112 Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration ......................................... 117 Preventing auto connection to the Standby .................................................... 119 8 Monitoring SNMP Messages 121 About SNMP messages .................................................................................. 122 Interpreting SNMP messages ......................................................................... 122 Changing the SNMP Manager settings .......................................................... 124 v ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 6. Contents Using third-party SNMP Managers ............................................................... 125 Enabling SNMP messages from ESP System Agents ...................................... 125 Receiving SNMP messages............................................................................. 126 Stopping the SNMP trap receiver................................................................... 126 Working with the SNMP Message Viewer ..................................................... 127 9 Working with the ESP Server Database 129 About your ESP Server database .................................................................... 130 Changing the database connectivity properties ............................................... 131 10 Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 133 Setting up a housekeeping Application........................................................... 134 ESP Server maintenance................................................................................. 136 ESP Agent maintenance ................................................................................. 143 11 Command Console Commands 155 Command definitions and syntax................................................................... 156 Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility ................................ 159 12 Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers 163 Integrating your ESP Servers .......................................................................... 164 Verifying your integration .............................................................................. 168 13 Using the Import/Export Utility 171 Index 175 ESPD-5.0-AG-02 vi
  • 8. Using this guide This guide assumes you have installed Cybermation ESP: dSeries. Use this guide for post-installation tasks such as setting up security, configuring ESP High Availability, and performing maintenance tasks. Following installation, you will need to perform the following administrative tasks. Administrator Task See Define, configure, maintain, and control Agents • Working with Cybermation ESP Agents • ESP Agent maintenance Create and maintain security profiles • Establishing and Controlling Security Set up, maintain, and periodically archive and clear server logs produced within Cybermation ESP: dSeries • Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files • Performing an automated cleanup of ESP Server • Archiving server log files • Clearing server log files ESPD-5.0-AG-02 1
  • 9. Section–Other guides in the Cybermation ESP: dSeries library Other guides in the Cybermation ESP: dSeries library Installing Cybermation ESP: dSeries This guide covers the installation process for installing and configuring the ESP Server components: ESP Server and its default Agent, and ESP Desktop Client. The guide provides instructions for two types of installation: single ESP Server (stand-alone) installations and ESP High Availability installations. Cybermation ESP System Agent Administrator’s Guide This guide describes how to install, configure, secure, maintain, and control ESP System Agent. This guide also provides instructions to configure Cybermation Hosts to work with ESP System Agent. The final chapters contain troubleshooting and reference information. Getting Started with Cybermation ESP: dSeries This guide is for new Cybermation ESP: dSeries users who want to learn about the product. Getting Started is a tutorial that teaches users how to schedule and run jobs with Cybermation ESP: dSeries. User’s Guide The User’s Guide describes how to define, schedule, monitor, and control workflow with Cybermation ESP: dSeries. This guide is the primary resource for schedulers and operators. It includes information on forecast and history reporting, previously found in the Workload Reporting Guide, and real-life examples from the Examples Cookbook. Beyond Basic Scheduling: A Guide to Using Scripts This guide is intended for anyone who wants to create scripts that work with Applications. The first six chapters of the guide cover JavaScript scripts. The final chapter and appendix cover the ESPmgr utility and using it within scripts. Changes in this edition In this edition, the tasks and references related to the Oracle packaged database have been removed, including the chapter titled "Working with the Packaged Oracle Database" and the "Oracle Administration Primer" contained in the Appendix . 2 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 11. Section–Changes in this edition 4 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 12. Introduction to Cybermation ESP: dSeries ESP: dSeries provides distributed job scheduling and workflow management across the enterprise. It is a simple, flexible, and powerful solution for enterprise application integration (EAI) and systems operations. Platform-independent as a result of its next-generation XML and JAVA architecture, ESP: dSeries functions across various server and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) platforms, including • UNIX • Windows NT/2000/2003 • z/OS® • IBM OS/400 • OpenVMS • Compaq NSK • SAP® R/3 • PeopleSoft • Oracle ESPD-5.0-AG-02 5
  • 13. Section–Cybermation ESP system components Cybermation ESP system components An ESP system consists of the following components: • ESP Server • ESP Desktop Client • ESP Agents ESP Server ESP Server is the core of the ESP system. ESP Server handles and directs all incoming communication from ESP Desktop Client, ESP Agents, a Relational Database Management System (RDBMS), and a peer ESP Server in an ESP High Availability configuration. ESP Server requires a RDBMS for message processing, ESP High Availability, and storing server configuration files, resource definition files, and historical reporting data. ESP Desktop Client ESP Desktop Client is a graphical interface for defining, monitoring, and controlling enterprise workflow. The interface enables users to quickly drag-and-drop their way through workflow definitions, manage calendars, and monitor and control batch workflow, regardless of the operating system. A ESP system can have many ESP Desktop Clients. ESP Desktop Client also includes the administrator’s tools for setting up, monitoring, and diagnosing problems with the ESP: dSeries solution. For example, administrators can use the SNMP Message Viewer to monitor traps sent from ESP Servers, ESP Agents or jobs. 6 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 14. Chapter 1–Introduction to Cybermation ESP: dSeries ESP Agents ESP Agents are applications that extend batch workflow across multiple operating systems. ESP Agents automatically run batch workflow and monitor its progress. ESP Agents communicate with ESP Server through TCP/IP. When you install ESP Server, a default ESP System Agent automatically installs on the same platform as ESP Server. For example, if you install ESP Server on Windows 2000, an ESP System Agent automatically installs on the same machine. How the components work together The following diagram illustrates how the ESP components work together. • The top of the diagram shows ESP Client, the application you use to schedule and monitor workflow and manage the ESP system. • The middle of the diagram shows ESP Server, which services requests from ESP Desktop Client and submits work to ESP Agent machines. ESP Server runs on UNIX and Windows platforms. • The bottom of the diagram shows ESP Agents, which initiate and monitor the scheduled workflow (such as commands and scripts) and communicate status information to ESP Server. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 7
  • 15. Section–How the components work together 8 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 16. Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop Client This chapter contains the following topics: • About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective • Using the Admin perspective • Managing server connections • Changing passwords • Resetting a user’s password • Viewing a list of users connected to the server • Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client ESPD-5.0-AG-02 9
  • 17. Section–About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective About the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective As an administrator, you will use the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective to perform tasks associated with ESP Server and ESP Agents. The Admin perspective provides access to the following views: • Command Console — For issuing appcmds • Console View — For monitoring messages sent from ESP Server • Security — For setting up and managing users and groups to access ESP Server • SNMP Message Viewer — For monitoring SNMP messages that contain information regarding ESP Server, ESP Agents, ESP High Availability, and Alerts • Topology — For configuring ESP Server parameters, setting ESP High Availability parameters, defining ESP Agents in the ESP Server topology, and configuring ESP Agent parameters Using the Admin perspective To use the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective, you must connect to ESP Server as a user assigned ADMINGRP permissions. The default administrator’s user ID and password are ADMIN and admin. Typically, ESP Desktop Client is set up with a default server connection that uses the SCHEDMASTER user ID. For convenience, you may want to either change your default connection to use ADMIN or add a server connection for ADMIN. Note: For security purposes, you should change the ADMIN user’s password once you have connected. 10 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 18. Chapter 2–Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop Client Managing server connections You can add, modify and remove ESP Desktop Client server connections. To add a server connection 1. Collect the following information for ESP Server: • Address — The IP address or DNS name of the machine where you have installed ESP Server • Port — The ESP Server client port number. The default value is 7500. • User ID — Your Cybermation ESP user name for scheduling. The default name is SCHEDMASTER (in upper case). • Password — The password that corresponds to the user ID. The default scheduling password is schedmaster (in lower case). 2. Open the ESP Desktop Client Connections view using one of the following methods: • Click the Show the Connections View icon. • Select Window > Show View > Connections. 3. Click the Create a new connection icon. The New Connection dialog appears. 4. Enter the required details and click Save. To delete a server connection In the ESP Desktop Client Connections view, right-click the server connection and select Remove. Changing passwords Passwords don’t expire. Users can change their passwords any time. When specifying a new password, do not leave the field blank. The password cannot exceed 32 characters. The first character must be alphabetical. The password is case sensitive. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 11
  • 19. Section–Resetting a user’s password To change a password 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. In the Connections view, right-click the server connection and select Change Password. 3. In the Change Password dialog, enter the old and new passwords, confirm the new password, and click OK. Resetting a user’s password From time to time, users may forget their passwords. You can reset a user’s password using the Admin perspective Security view. To reset a password 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Right-click Security and select Open. 4. On the Users tab, right-click the user whose password you need to reset and select Reset Password. 5. In the Reset Password dialog, enter the new password, confirm it, and click OK. Viewing a list of users connected to the server You can use an appcmd to see who is connected to ESP Server. The generated list is helpful if, for example, you need to shut down the server and want to notify those users who are connected before shutting it down. To view a list of users connected to ESP Server 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the about command. The command lists ESP Desktop Client users connected to ESP Server. 12 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 20. Chapter 2–Maintaining Cybermation ESP Desktop Client Related topic For more information about appcmds, see “Command definitions and syntax” on page 156. Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client To provide required software updates for ESP Desktop Client, Cybermation may occasionally release fixes. You can download these fixes and distribute them internally to your ESP Desktop Client users. Distributing the software updates 1. Download the update zip file. 2. Create a directory on your system where users will access the updates. 3. Copy the update zip file to the directory you set up in step 2. 4. Notify users that updates are available and where to find them. Tip: You might send users an email that specifies the name and location of the update zip file. Your communication might also include the instructions described under “Installing an ESP Desktop Client update”. Installing an ESP Desktop Client update 1. Open ESP Desktop Client. Note: Keep all perspectives closed. 2. Select Help > Software Updates. The Select Update Archive dialog appears. 3. Browse to the location where the updates are stored. 4. Select the update zip file, and click Open. The Updates dialog appears. 5. In the tree view, select the update feature and click Next. Tip: To view a description of the feature, click More Info. 6. Follow the instructions on screen. 7. After you complete the installation, restart ESP Desktop Client. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 13
  • 21. Section–Applying software updates to ESP Desktop Client 14 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 22. Working with Cybermation ESP Server This chapter contains the following topics: • Checking server status • About ESP Server start types • Starting the server • Stopping the server • Recycling the server • Configuring the server • Changing the email addresses or SMTP server • Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate • Checking the server memory usage • Viewing a list of artifacts in the system • Viewing your license status • Monitoring the shared directory • Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP Server • Installing the ESP High Security Option ESPD-5.0-AG-02 15
  • 23. Section–Checking server status For information about Cybermation ESP Server maintenance, see Chapter 10, “Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures” Checking server status Checking ESP Server status on UNIX 1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 2. Run the status script. ./status If the server is active, the script displays the process id of ESP Server, for example ::::::::::::::: ESP Server ::::::::::::::: 18982 If the server is inactive, the process id is blank. Checking ESP Server status on Windows You can check the server status using Windows services, if the server is installed as a service, or using Windows Console Mode. To check ESP Server status using Windows services 1. From the Control Panel, double-click the Administrative Tools icon. The Administrative Tools dialog appears. 2. Double-click the Services icon. The Services dialog appears. 3. For the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, check the Status field. • If ESP Server is active, the field displays Started. • If ESP Server is inactive, the field is blank. To check ESP Server status using Windows Console Mode If ESP Server is running in console mode, you can check its window (Start Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server) for information on its status. In console mode, ESP Server stops running if the Start Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server window is closed. 16 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 24. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server About ESP Server start types The start type specifies whether ESP Server will start with a warm or cold start. The following table describes the impact of a warm and cold start on active workflow, Events, and resource status. Impact on Cold Start Warm Start Active workflow Deletes any active workflow and associated states Events Does not process Events that have not been processed at the time of shutdown Resource status Reverts the status of all logical resources to their original definition Performing a cold start Reads active workflow from the time ESP Server shuts down. Upon startup, ESP Server continues running workflow from this point onward. Reads and schedules Events that have not yet been processed at the time of shutdown and continues monitoring for Events that are to be processed Reads the status of all logical resources from the time of shutdown and continues managing resource states from this point onward By default, ESP Server starts with a warm start. When you perform a cold start, ESP Server deletes all active workflow and associated states, and you lose all active processing data. For rare situations when you must perform a cold start, use the following procedures. Note: If the runonce.properties files exists in the ESP Server directory, ESP Server will use the start type specified in the file. Otherwise, ESP Server uses a warm start. Stand-alone configuration To perform a cold start on a single ESP Server 1. Stop ESP Server. 2. Open the runonce.properties.bak file, located in the ESP Server installation directory. 3. Ensure the start type in the file is set to cold. 4. Remove the .bak extension from the filename to change it to runonce.properties. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 17
  • 25. Section–Starting the server 5. Start ESP Server. When ESP Server starts, it will rename the runonce.properties file to runonce.properties.bak and default to a warm start. Cybermation ESP High Availability configuration To perform a cold start on a single ESP Server in a Cybermation ESP High Availability configuration 1. Stop both servers. Note: If either server is left running, the cold start cannot take effect. 2. Open the runonce.properties.bak file, located in the ESP Server installation directory. 3. Ensure the start type in the file is set to cold. 4. Remove the .bak extension from the filename to change it to runonce.properties. 5. Start the server you want to cold start. When ESP Server starts, it will rename the runonce.properties file to runonce.properties.bak and default to a warm start. 6. Start the other server. Starting the server Starting ESP Server on UNIX 1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 2. Run the startEspServer script. ./startEspServer ESP Server starts. If this server is a standalone server, or the preferred server in an ESP High Availability configuration, the default ESP Agent also starts. Starting ESP Server on Windows You can start ESP Server using Windows services or using shortcuts. To start ESP Server as a Windows service 1. From the Windows Control Panel, double-click the Administrative Tools icon. The Administrative Tools dialog appears. 18 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 26. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 2. Double-click the Services icon. The Services dialog appears. 3. Right-click the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, and click Start. Note: The ESP Server installation program provides the option of selecting an automatic startup type for the Windows service. The default startup type for the service is manual. If you left the default and want the service to start automatically at startup, change its startup type to Automatic. Important: In an ESP High Availability configuration, to start ESP Server as a Windows service, the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service needs to log on to a user account with network privileges. For more information, see “Changing the user account a Windows service logs on to” on page 19. To start ESP Server using Windows shortcuts If you did not install ESP Server as a Windows service, do one of the following: • Select Start > Programs > Cybermation > ESP dSeries Server > Start ESP Server. • In Windows Explorer, go to the ESP Server installation directory and double-click startServer.exe. The Start ESP Server window appears. ESP Server runs in console mode. Note: Keep this window open. Closing the window stops ESP Server. Changing the user account a Windows service logs on to Note: This procedure applies to ESP High Availability configurations only. 1. From the Services dialog, right-click the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, and click Properties. 2. On the Log On tab, change the Log on as account to an account with network privileges. You can now start Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server as a Windows service. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 19
  • 27. Section–Stopping the server Stopping the server Stopping ESP Server on UNIX 1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 2. Run the stopEspServer script. ./stopEspServer ESP Server stops. If this server is the standalone server, or the preferred server in an ESP High Availability configuration, the default ESP Agent also stops. Stopping ESP Server on Windows You can stop ESP Server using Windows services, if the server is installed as a service, or using shortcuts. To stop ESP Server using Windows services 1. From the Control Panel, double-click the Administrative Tools icon. The Administrative Tools dialog appears. 2. Double-click the Services icon. The Services dialog appears. 3. Right-click the Cybermation ESP: dSeries Server service, and click Stop. To stop ESP Server using Windows shortcuts If you did not install ESP Server as a Windows service, do one of the following: • Select Start > Programs > Cybermation > ESP dSeries Server > Stop ESP Server. • In Windows Explorer, go to the ESP Server installation directory and double-click stopServer.exe. Recycling the server To recycle ESP Server, you must stop it and then restart it. You can stop ESP Server through the Command Console or from the machine where the server is installed. However, you cannot restart ESP Server from the Command Console. To restart the server, you must start it from the machine where it is installed. Note: Recycling ESP Server does not start or stop the default ESP Agent. To stop and start the ESP Agent, refer to “Controlling ESP Agents” on page 58. 20 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 28. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server Stopping ESP Server using the Command Console 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: stop On the server machine, ESP Server returns an acknowledgement message indicating that it has shut down. ESP Server with pid (19287) is down Note: • To use the stop command, you must be logged in as a user who is a member of the ADMIN group. • If ESP Server does not respond with an acknowledgment message, you must stop it using the stopServer script. Stopping ESP Server on UNIX 1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 2. Run the stopServer script. ./stopServer ESP Server stops. If the default Agent is running, the script does not stop it. Stopping ESP Server on Windows See “Stopping ESP Server on Windows” on page 20. Restarting ESP Server on UNIX You must restart ESP Server from the machine where it is installed. You cannot restart the server using the Command Console. 1. Change to the ESP Server installation directory. 2. Run the startServer script. ./startServer The script starts ESP Server. Restarting ESP Server on Windows See “Starting ESP Server on Windows” on page 18. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 21
  • 29. Section–Configuring the server Configuring the server ESP Server has two sets of configuration parameters you can change: instance parameters and shared parameters. Instance parameters contain server- and system-specific information, such as ports and server names. Shared parameters contain non-server- specific information, such as the information shared between ESP Servers in an ESP High Availability installation. You can view and modify server parameters using the Admin perspective Topology view. Note: For changes to take effect, you must recycle ESP Server. Configuring server parameters 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select a menu option: • Configure instance parameters • Configure shared parameters 5. Configure the parameters. 6. Click Update to save your changes. 7. If you are modifying any of the following parameters, you must recycle ESP Server: Topology View Properties Server Shared Parameters > General tab • Global Agent heartbeat interval in minutes • Messages processed before garbage collection • Maximum client sessions • Disk space monitoring ESP Agent Server Shared Parameters > Failover tab • Enable Automatic Failback to Preferred Server • Ping Frequency Server Shared Parameters > SNMP tab • SNMP Manager Address • SNMP Input Port • Community of SNMP Manager Server Instance Parameters > Properties • ESP Server RMI Port • ESP Desktop Client Port • Preferred server 22 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 30. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server Changing ESP Server port numbers 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Configure instance parameters. 5. Modify the port settings. • ESP Server RMI Port — The port ESP Desktop Client uses to make RMI calls to ESP Server. The default port number is 1099. • ESP Desktop Client Port — The port ESP Server uses to communicate with ESP Desktop Client. The default is 7500. 6. Click Update to save your changes. 7. Recycle ESP Server. Changing the email addresses or SMTP server You can specify two email addresses for ESP Server communications: • Email address to identify ESP Server is the address to identify email sent by a particular ESP Server. • Send administrative emails to is a valid internal email address to which ESP Server will send license-related and other administrative issues. Use this procedure to change these email addresses or the name of your SMTP server. To change the email addresses 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Configure shared parameters. The Server shared parameters view appears. 5. Click the Email tab. 6. Change the fields, as required. 7. Click Update to save your changes. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 23
  • 31. Section–Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate Setting up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate By default, ESP Server sends an email when a triggered Event fails or fails to generate an Application. An SNMP message appears in the email subject and contains a short description of the failure reason. You can also set up SNMP failure notification for these situations. ESP Server sends the email notification to the ESP Server email recipient defined during ESP Server installation. You can change the recipient after installation by setting the Send administrative emails To parameter. To prevent ESP Server from sending email when an Application fails to generate, set Send email message when Application trigger fails to false. To set up failure notifications when Applications fail to generate 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Configure shared parameters. The Server shared parameters view appears. 5. On the General tab, set the following fields to true, as required: • Send email message when application trigger fails • Send SNMP message when application trigger fails 6. Click Update to save your changes. Setting up notifications when a job is forced to complete Explanation of what this does and when you would set this up. To set up notifications when a job is forced to complete 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Configure shared parameters. The Server shared parameters view appears. 24 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 32. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 5. On the General tab, set the Process notifications when a WOB is forced to complete value to true. 6. Click Update to save your changes. Checking the server memory usage You can check the ESP Server current memory using the Command Console. The console displays the total free memory and maximum heap size. To check ESP Server memory usage 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: memcheck The Command Console displays a message similar to the example below. Viewing a list of artifacts in the system You can view the total number of each ESP artifact types in your system using the Command Console. The console lists the following ESP artifact types: • Agents • Forecasts • Alerts • Groups • Applications • JavaScripts • Calendars • Resources • Events • Users To view a list of artifacts in the system 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 25
  • 33. Section–Viewing your license status 4. Enter the following command: countlist The Command Console displays a message similar to the example below. Viewing your license status You can issue a command to view the total number of licenses available, the number of licenses in use, and the temporary license’s expiry date. To view your license status 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: licensestatus The details of your license appear. Monitoring the shared directory ESP Server has two built-in monitoring features for its shared directory. You will receive warning notifications when the following situations occur: • The disk space drops below a warning threshold • Access to the NFS server used by the shared directory becomes slow or unavailable Note: To monitor the disk space, you must set the disk monitoring ESP Agent. 26 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 34. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server Related topics • “Monitoring disk space available for the shared directory” on page 27 • “Setting the disk monitoring ESP Agent” on page 27 • “Configuring the disk space monitor” on page 28 • “Monitoring the shared directory availability” on page 28 • “Setting the warning threshold for monitoring the shared directory availability” on page 29 Monitoring disk space available for the shared directory ESP Server stores PSE Pro Object Database files in a shared directory. Over time, the disk space for storing those files decreases. To prevent that disk space from running out, ESP Server has a built-in feature that uses the default ESP Agent to monitor disk space. When the disk space drops below a warning threshold, ESP Server will send an SNMP message and an email to the administrative email recipient designated in its topology. When the disk space drops below a shutdown threshold, ESP Server shuts itself down. Note: If you use ESP High Availability, when disk space becomes critically low, ESP Server shuts down the Standby before shutting itself down. Important: Do not run ESP Server from an account that uses disk quotas; disk space monitor does not monitor disk quotas. Setting the disk monitoring ESP Agent To enable disk space monitoring, you must set the Disk monitoring ESP Agent parameter in the ESP Server topology to the name of your default Agent. To set the disk monitoring ESP Agent 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Configure shared parameters. The Server shared parameters view appears. 5. In the Disk monitoring ESP Agent field, enter the name of the ESP Agent you will use to monitor disk space. 6. Click Update to save your change. 7. Recycle ESP Server. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 27
  • 35. Section–Monitoring the shared directory Configuring the disk space monitor Cybermation recommends you leave the default settings for disk space monitoring. However, if required, you can override the defaults by adding the following properties to the espresso.properties file located in the ESP Server installation directory. Property Default value Description diskmon.freekbwarnthresh 102400 The warning threshold value in kilobytes. When the free disk-space level drops below this value, ESP Server will send an email and SNMP message. By default, ESP Server starts warning when the disk space drops below 100 MB. diskmon.freekbshutdownthres 5120 The warning shutdown value in kilobytes. When the free disk space level drops below this value, ESP Server shuts down. By default, ESP Server shuts down when the disk space drops below 5 MB. diskmon.cancelwarndeltakb 1024 After ESP Server issues the disk-space warning, it cancels the warning when the disk-space level reaches the sum of this property and the diskmon.freekbwarnthresh value. diskmon.rewarnintervalmin 15 The minimum interval, in minutes, at which ESP Server re-sends warning messages when disk space is low. For example, if you set this property to 5, ESP Server re-sends warning messages at least five minutes apart. diskmon.emailprefix If set, ESP Server will prefix the subject line of the warning email with this property’s value. Use this field if you automatically filter subject lines. Monitoring the shared directory availability If the NFS server where the shared directory resides becomes unavailable, ESP Server stops processing workflow. When the NFS server becomes available, ESP Server will continue processing workflow normally. No workflow is lost during the unavailable period. To test access to the shared directory, ESP Server performs a check of the time it takes to write and delete an 8K file to and from the shared directory. If the time to write and delete the file exceeds a threshold value, ESP Server sends an SNMP message and email warning that access to the shared directory is slow. If ESP Server can’t write the file, it sends an SNMP message and email warning that the shared directory is unresponsive. In this case, the NFS server may be down. 28 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 36. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server Setting the warning threshold for monitoring the shared directory availability If you are receiving too many warning messages, you can increase the time set by the Max. acceptable disk write time parameter. The default threshold value is 1000ms. To set the warning threshold 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the network tree, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Configure shared parameters. The Server shared parameters view appears. 5. In the Max. acceptable disk write time field, enter the time (in milliseconds). 6. Click Update to save your change. 7. Recycle ESP Server. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 29
  • 37. Section–Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP Server Changing the Windows service name for Cybermation ESP Server When you install ESP Server on Windows, you must install it as a Windows service. If you want to change the service name after installing ESP Server, you can by following this procedure. To change the Windows service name for ESP Server 1. Run the removeServices.bat script located in the <installDir>/Resources/Service directory. The removeServices script removes the ESP Server display name from the Windows Services dialog. 2. Open the espressoparm.txt file located in the <installDir>/Resources/Service directory. 3. In the espressoparm file, change the Windows service name by modifying the following parameters: • Servicename • Servicedisplayname Note: Cybermation recommends you use the same name for both parameters. The name must not include any spaces. You can use upper and lower characters in the name. 4. Run the addServices.bat script located in the <installDir>/Resources/Service directory. The addServices script adds the ESP Server display name to the Windows Services dialog. Installing the ESP High Security Option Stand-alone configuration To install the ESP High Security Option on a single ESP Server 1. Stop ESP Server. 2. Copy the strongencryption.jar file into the following ESP Server directory: <installDir>/JAR_Library 30 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 38. Chapter 3–Working with Cybermation ESP Server 3. Edit the following variables. • On UNIX: Edit the classpath variable in <installDir>/classpath.sh to include strongencryption.jar by appending $JAR_LIB/ strongencryption.jar to export CLASSPTH. • On Windows: Edit the classpath variable in <installDir>/Resources/Service/ espressoparms.txt and the lax.class.path variable in <installDir>/startServer.lax Changing the classpath and lax.class.path variables will enable strong encryption for running ESP Server as a Windows service and as a console application, respectively. 4. Start ESP Server. ESP High Availability configuration To install the ESP High Security Option in an ESP High Availability configuration 1. Install the ESP High Security Option on the Standby. Follow the instructions above for the stand-alone configuration. When you have completed this step, the Standby should be running. 2. Using the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective, open the Command Console and invoke the changerole command against either the Primary or Standby. 3. Install the ESP High Security Option on the Primary. Follow the instructions above for the stand-alone configuration. When you have completed this step, the Primary should be running. 4. Using the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective, open the Command Console and invoke the changerole command against either the Primary or Standby. Related topics “Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server” on page 51. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 31
  • 39. Section–Installing the ESP High Security Option 32 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 40. Working with Cybermation ESP Agents This chapter contains the following topics: • Supported ESP Agents and related documentation • Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server • Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server • Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server • Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters • Defining ESP Agent users • Configuring the z/OS ESP Agent • Controlling ESP Agents For information about ESP Agent maintenance, see Chapter 10, “Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures.”. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 33
  • 41. Section–Supported ESP Agents and related documentation Supported ESP Agents and related documentation Cybermation ESP: dSeries supports the following types of ESP Agents: • ESP System Agent (for UNIX and Windows) • ESP Agent for z/OS • ESP Business Agent for PeopleSoft • ESP Business Agent for SAP Solutions • ESP Business Agent for Oracle E-Business Suite • ESP Business Agent for Micro Focus Enterprise Server Related documentation For detailed information for a specific ESP Agent, refer to its associated documentation. The following documents are supplied for each ESP Agent: • Release Notes • Administrator’s Guide To schedule and monitor workflow on different operating system using ESP Agents, refer to the Cybermation ESP: dSeries User’s Guide. Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server You can install ESP Agents on various operating systems to run workflow using ESP Server. You can also configure virtual ESP Agents. A virtual ESP Agent is one that runs with a Tandem or OpenVMS parent ESP Agent. The parent ESP Agent routes requests to the virtual ESP Agent. To set up an ESP Agent to work with ESP Server, complete the following steps. Step Activity Page 9 1. Prepare to install ESP Agent 35 2. Install and configure ESP Agent. 35 3. Add ESP Agent to the ESP Server Topology. 35 4. Set up ESP Agent security on ESP Server. 37 34 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 42. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Step Activity Page 9 5. Start ESP Agent. 46 6. Check the communication between ESP Agent and ESP Server. 47 7. Run a test Application to verify your setup. 47 Prepare to install ESP Agent Before you install ESP Agent, complete these steps: • Verify the system requirements To ensure your system meets the requirements, refer to the Release Notes for the specific ESP Agent you are installing. • Collect the information you need to install ESP Agent Refer to the Administrator’s Guide for the information you must collect. Install and configure ESP Agent For installation and configuration instructions, refer to the Administrator’s Guide provided with each ESP Agent. Note: Ensure you have enough licenses available before adding a new ESP Agent to the ESP Server topology. To check your license status, see “Viewing your license status” on page 26. Add ESP Agent to the ESP Server Topology 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the Topology view, right-click the ESP Server connection and select Add Agent. The New Agent view appears. 5. In the Agent type field, select the type of ESP Agent you want to add. The Properties tab appears. 6. Complete the following mandatory fields: • Name — agentname parameter from the ESP Agent’s agentparm.txt file. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 35
  • 43. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Note: ESP Server converts the ESP Agent name into uppercase. Ensure the agentname parameter in the agentparm.txt file is in uppercase; otherwise, ESP Server and ESP Agent cannot communicate. • Address — IP address or DNS name of the machine where ESP Agent is installed. • Port number — IP port number ESP Agent uses to listen for traffic. This port number must match the communication.inputport field in the agentparm.txt file. • Release number — Release number for ESP Agent. • Encryption key — security.cryptkey parameter from the agentparm.txt file, minus the prefix 0x. • Heartbeat frequency (in minutes) — Frequency with which you want ESP Server to send the heartbeat signal. If you want individual ESP Agents to have their own heartbeat frequencies, set the shared configuration parameter Global Agent heartbeat frequency to zero. • Heartbeat attempts before sending an SNMP notification — Number of heartbeat signals the ESP Server attempts before it sends an SNMP message indicating ESP Agent inactivity. 7. Enter values for the other fields, as required. 8. To add a virtual ESP Agent to a Tandem or OpenVMS parent ESP Agent, complete the following steps: a. Click the Virtual ESP Agent tab. b. Enter the parameter values for the virtual ESP Agent. 9. If an ESP Agent user specified in a job definition requires a password, define ESP Agent users. a. Click the Users tab. b. Click Add. The Add ESP Agent User dialog appears. c. Complete the required fields: User ID, Password, and Confirm Password. 10. Click Update. Set up security To set up security, complete the following steps. Step Activity Page 9 1. Set up ESP Agent security on ESP Server. 37 2. Set up 56-bit encryption on ESP Server. 37 3. Set up encryption on ESP Agent. 38 36 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 44. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Step Activity Page 9 4. Turn on ESP Agent security. 38 5. Set up local security on ESP Agent. 39 6. Reload the ESP Agent security file. 45 Set up ESP Agent security on ESP Server To control ESP Agent access, you must set up the following security permissions on ESP Server. Access to Requires Allow Access to this permission Type of Access ESP Agents AGENT.agentname Run work on the ESP Agent specified by agentname User IDs AGENTUSR.agentname.user id Run a job on the ESP Agent specified by agentname under the user ID specified by userid Issue commands AGENTMSG.cmd.agentname Issue ESP Agent control commands to the ESP Agent specified by agentname. Note: cmd is APPCMD. Related topics “Set up local security on ESP Agent” on page 39 Set up 56-bit encryption on ESP Server You must set up regular 56-bit encryption on ESP Server by specifying the encryption key for your ESP Agent in the ESP Server Topology. If you are eligible, you can also set up strong (256-bit) encryption. To set up 56-bit encryption on ESP Server 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent and select View Properties. 5. In the Encryption key field, enter the encryption key for ESP Agent. This is the same key specified in the security.cryptkey parameter in the agentparm.txt file, but without the prefix “0x”. 6. Click Update. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 37
  • 45. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Related topics “Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server” on page 51 Set up encryption on ESP Agent To set up encryption on ESP Agent, add the security.cryptkey parameter to the agentparm.txt file located in the ESP Agent installation directory. The value for the security.cryptkey parameter on ESP Agent must match the encryption key defined for ESP Agent on ESP Server. If these values do not match, encryption will fail and communication will not be allowed between ESP Server and ESP Agent. Tip: To locate the encryption key, use the Admin perspective to open the Topology view for the Agent. Syntax security.cryptkey=<pathcryptkey.txt|Key> Example security.cryptkey=0x0102030405060708 The security.cryptkey parameter turns on encryption and automatically turns on Level 2 message prefixing, which is required for encryption. Level 2 message prefixing is required in all instances. If security.cryptkey is set, ESP Agent uses Level 2 message prefixing regardless of the value specified in the communication.prefixlevel parameter. Turn on ESP Agent security 1. In the agentparm.txt file located in the ESP Agent installation directory, change the value of the security.level parameter to on. security.level=on 2. Stop and restart ESP Agent. 38 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 46. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Related topics “Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters” on page 55 Set up local security on ESP Agent Important: In this section, examples apply to UNIX operating systems. Paths contain forward slashes, no drive is identified, and references are made to root authority. Apart from these items, however, the examples apply to ESP Agent on Windows also. About the security file The ESP Agent security file is named security.txt. It must reside in the ESP Agent installation directory. If the file does not exist, default security rules apply, as described under “Default security rules” on page 40. The security file contains three types of rules: • Rules that allow or prevent ESP Server users from submitting jobs that run under a specific user ID, from a specific directory. These rules begin with the letter x, as follows: x <a | d> <ESP_HostuserID> <Agent_UserID> path • Rules that allow or prevent an FTP user ID from issuing FTP-related commands to files in specified directories. These rules begin with the letter f, as follows: f <a | d> <FTP_UserID> <operation> <path> Note: Paths are case sensitive. • Rules that allow or prevent a user ID the authority to issue control commands to ESP Agent. These rules begin with the letter c, as follows: c <a | d> <ESP_HostuserID> CONTROL command Note: ESP Agent security rules do not override permissions set at the operating system level. Rule parameter descriptions The following describes the rule parameters. Entry Description rule type Identifies the ESP Agent rule type (x) identifies a rule controlling execution of scripts and commands. (c) identifies a rule controlling operational commands to an ESP Agent. (f ) identifies FTP commands. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 39
  • 47. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Entry Description (Continued) permission Identifies whether access is allowed or denied. This parameter contains two possible values: • a indicates permission is allowed. • d indicates permission is denied. ESP_HostuserID Identifies the ESP Host Manager name or the ESP Host user ID this rule applies to Agent_UserID Identifies the user ID on the ESP Agent machine under which the job is run FTP_UserID Identifies the FTP user ID this rule applies to path Identifies the path ESP Host is allowed to submit jobs from, using the user ID identified by Agent_UserID operation Identifies the FTP command. Valid commands are • list — Changes directory and list files (CD, LIST, NLST) • read — Retrieves the file (RETR) • write — Stores the file or makes a directory (STOR, STOU, RNFR, RNTO, MKD) • delete — Deletes the file or directory (DELE, RMD) Note: The above commands apply to ESP Agent as FTP server. For FTP jobs, only read and write apply. command Identifies the control command. Valid commands are: shutdown, refresh, clrfiles, flush, quiesce, and restart. You can also specify an asterisk (*) for all commands. Default security rules When ESP Agent starts, it checks for the security file. • If the file does not exist, default security rules apply. • If the file exists, ESP Agent uses the rules defined in the file. It does not use the default security rules. If a request does not have a match in the security file, ESP Agent denies the request. • If the file does not exist and ESP Agent security is turned off in the agentparm.txt file (security.level=off ), ESP Agent does not check security. Note: The following default security rules apply when the security file does not exist, and ESP Agent security is turned on in the agentparm.txt file (security.level=on): x a * * + x d * root + c a * * * f a * * + Note: For ESP Agent on Windows, substitute Administrator for root. 40 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 48. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Security rule for Micro Focus jobs If ESP Agent security is turned on (security.level=on), you must add the following security rule to the security.txt file in order to run Micro Focus jobs on the ESP Agent machine. This rule allows any ESP Server user to submit Micro Focus jobs that run under any ESP Agent user ID. x a * * cybMFCommand.exe If you do not want to allow all ESP Server users to submit MicroFocus jobs, you can restrict the submission of Micro Focus jobs to specific users instead. For example, the following rule allows the ESP Server user, SCHEDMASTER, to submit Micro Focus jobs that run under the ESP Agent user ID, SYSTEM. x a SCHEDMASTER SYSTEM cybMFCommand.exe If you do not add the Micro Focus security rule to the security.txt file and ESP Agent security is turned on, ESP Agent will not run Micro Focus jobs. Additional security file rules Wildcards The Cybermation Host name, user IDs, paths, verbs, and subverbs can contain a single wildcard character at the end of the field only. For wildcards, use the asterisk (*) and the plus sign (+). Wildcard Description Asterisk (*) Represents 0 or more character matches in the current directory only plus sign (+) Represents 0 or more character matches in the current directory and all subdirectories Start point and spacing Every security rule starts in column 1. Items on a line are • Separated by one or more blanks or tab characters. • End with a new-line character. Comment lines The file can contain comment lines. An asterisk (*) or a number sign (#) in column 1 identifies comment lines. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 41
  • 49. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Understanding security rule interpretation For a rule to match, three components of a rule have to match. If two or more rules match, the closest match overrides the others, as follows: Interpretation Explanation A specific rule overrides a generic rule. A generic rule is a rule that contains wildcards. If both rules are generic, the more specific one overrides the other. The ESP_HostuserID user ID takes precedence over the server user ID, and the server user ID takes precedence over the directory name. If there is still ambiguity after these rules have been applied, a deny rule will override an allow rule. Security file example #1 /u1/jsmith overrides /u1/jsmith* /u1/jsmith/scripts/* overrides /u1/jsmith* /u1/jsmith/scripts/a* overrides /u1/jsmith/scripts* A rule is considered a closer match if the ESP_HostuserID is a closer match. If the ESP_HostuserIDs of two rules are the same, the rule with the closest matching server ID overrides the other. c d root * * overrides c a root * * Line Security File Example #1 1 # Example 1 2 * Last updated on August 01, 2002. 3 x a * * + 4 x d * gem* + 5 x a * root /prod/employee+ 6 x d * root /prod/employee* 7 x a * root /prod/+ 8 x d * root /prod/expense 9 x a * root /prod/* 10 x d * root /prod/+ 11 c a * CONTROL * Note: You must specify both types of permissions (x and c) even if there is no change to one of the entry types. Line Explanation of Security File Example #1 1 Comment line 42 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 50. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Line Explanation of Security File Example #1 (Continued) 2 Comment line 3 Allows the ESP Server user to submit jobs under any user ID, from all directories 4 Prohibits the ESP Server user from submitting jobs under gem, or any user IDs that begin with gem, from all directories 5 Allows the ESP Server user to submit the following jobs as root Job Example A job called employee from directory /prod/ All jobs beginning with employee from directory /prod/ All jobs from the subdirectory /prod/employee/ or its subdirectories All jobs from directories whose name begins with employee in directory /prod/ or their subdirectories 6 Prohibits the ESP Host user from submitting any jobs called employee, or any jobs that begin with employee, as root in directory /prod/ 7 Allows the ESP Host user to submit all jobs as root from directory /prod/ and onwards 8 Prohibits the ESP Host user from submitting the job expense as root from /prod/ 9 Allows the ESP Host user to submit all jobs as root in directory /prod/ 10 Denies the ESP Host user from submitting any jobs as root from directory /prod/ and onwards 11 Allows all users to issue all control commands to this ESP Agent Security file example #2 /prod/employee /prod/employee_pay /prod/employee_vacation /prod/employee/fulltime_pay /prod/employee/sales/ fulltime_pay /prod/employee1999/ fulltime-pay /prod/employee1999/sales/ fulltime_pay Line Example 1 # Example 2 2 * Last updated on February 28, 2002. 3 x a SCHED* root /prod/+ 4 x a ADM* root* /prod/* 5 x a JSMITH * /prod/+ 6 c a MANAGER CONTROL * 7 f a * * + 8 f d user1 write /prod/* 9 f a user1 write /prod/W* ESPD-5.0-AG-02 43
  • 51. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Line Example (Continued) 10 f d l* read /prod/report* 11 f a user2 * /program files/ Line Explanation of Security File Example #2 1 Comment line 2 Comment line 3 Allows any ESP Host user ID beginning with SCHED to submit jobs as root from the directory /prod/ and onwards 4 Allows any ESP Host user ID beginning with ADM to submit jobs as root, or under any user ID beginning with root, in directory /prod/ 5 Allows JSMITH to submit jobs under any user ID from directory /prod/ and onwards 6 Allows MANAGER to issue all control commands to this Agent 7 Allows all users to submit any FTP jobs in any directory 8 Denies user1 writing to any file in the directory /prod/ 9 Allows user1 to write to any file starting with W in directory /prod 10 Denies all users whose ID starts with the letter l read access to any file that begins with report in the directory /prod/ 11 Allows user2 from using all FTP operations in any directory starting with /program_files/cyb and any subdirectories How the security file works 1. A sample security.txt file contains these entries. cyb+ c a * * * x d * * + x a SCHEDMASTER UNIXUSR1 /usr/+ This file allows Cybermation ESP: dSeries user SCHEDMASTER to submit jobs under user UNIXUSR1 from directory /usr/ and its subdirectories. 2. Security is turned on in the agentparm.txt file: security.level=on 3. The job definition includes the user ID under which the job is to be run (UNIXUSR1 in the sample above), as shown in the following job definition examples: 44 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 52. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Cybermation ESP: dSeries job definition Reload the ESP Agent security file The refresh command reloads an ESP Agent’s security file. To reload ESP Agent’s security file 1. Connect to the ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: agentmsg control agentname(agentname) refresh agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose security file you want to reload. The command reloads the ESP Agent’s security file. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 45
  • 53. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Start ESP Agent Starting ESP Agent on UNIX 1. Change to the directory ESP Agent is installed in. 2. Enter the following command: ./cybAgent & The ESP Agent runs in the background. Note: Before you start ESP Agent, make sure the cybAgent process and related Java processes from the previous run of ESP Agent were shut down correctly. Starting ESP Agent on Windows using the Start Agent program shortcut Click the Start Agent program shortcut. Starting ESP Agent on Windows from the Control Panel 1. Open the Windows Control Panel. 2. Double-click Administrative Tools. 3. Double-click Services. 4. Right-click the ESP Agent service and click Start. The default name for ESP Agent is ESP System Agent for Microsoft Windows. Starting ESP Agent on Windows from the command prompt 1. Change to the directory ESP Agent is installed in. By default, ESP Agent is installed in C:Program FilesCybermationESP System Agent 2. Enter one of the following: • cybAgent -a • net start Service_Name Starting ESP Agent on Windows automatically By default, the service is installed as Manual Startup Type. It is not started on system startup. You can start ESP Agent manually via the Control Panel or command prompt. You can set the Service Startup Type as Automatic, and the service will start at startup. 1. Open the Windows Control Panel. 2. Double-click Administrative Tools. 46 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 54. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 3. Double-click Services. 4. Right-click the ESP Agent service and select Properties. The default name for ESP Agent is ESP System Agent for Microsoft Windows. 5. At Startup type on the Properties dialog, select Automatic. Check the communication between ESP Agent and ESP Server If you have administrator access to ESP Server, you can verify communications between ESP Agent and ESP Server by checking the afmlog.txt file. 1. After defining ESP Agent to ESP Server, start ESP Agent. 2. Wait for a minute to ensure that communication between ESP Server and ESP Agent is established. 3. Open the afmlog.txt file located in <installDir>/Resources/ LogFiles (UNIX) or <installDir>ResourcesLogFiles (Windows). 4. Search the afmlog.txt file for ESP Agent name and check for one of the following types of responses (a or b): a. The words RESPONSE STATUS, as shown in bold in the example below. 20040531 11364082+0400 MANAGER AGENT 2004053111363993+0400/MANAGER.1/MAIN RESPONSE STATUS Plugin(CybControlStatusHandler) User(AGENT) Host(HOSTNAME) b. The words CONTROL ACTIVE, as shown in bold in the example below: 20040614 11070459+0400 MANAGER AGENT . CONTROL ACTIVE OSText(Windows 2000 for x86) ByUser(User) User(AGENT) Host(HOSTNAME) Run a test Application to verify your setup This section describes the steps to create a test Application to verify ESP Agent works with Cybermation ESP: dSeries. In this verification test, you create an Application that contains one job. Note: Before you run the following procedures, ensure ESP Server, the relational database server, and ESP Agent are running. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 47
  • 55. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Step 1: Define your workflow Connecting to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client 1. Launch ESP Desktop Client. 2. In the Connect to ESP dialog, enter a user ID and password, and click Connect. The welcome screen appears. Tip: If your ESP Server is not the default connection name, select the connection name, and enter the appropriate user ID and password for the ESP Server. Creating an Application 1. From the welcome screen, click the Define icon. The Define perspective opens. Ensure Application Workspace is the active view. 2. In the Application Workspace view, right-click your ESP Server name and click New. The Application Properties dialog appears. 3. In the Name field, enter Quick and click OK. The Event Triggers and Workflow Objects palettes appear in an Application view labelled Quick. Note: You can resize and move the views to suit your requirements. Defining an Event Trigger in the Application You define an Event to schedule the workflow. When an Event is triggered, the Application runs. Setup: Ensure the tab containing the Application name Quick is active. 1. From the Event Triggers palette, click Trigger. 2. Click the workspace to the right of the palette. A Trigger job icon appears on the workspace. 3. Right-click the Trigger icon and click Edit. The New Date/Time Event view appears. 4. In the Prefix field, enter a prefix that identifies the Event you want to create. An Event name has two parts: a prefix and a descriptive name. The prefix allows you to group Events together. For example, a prefix could be the name of a user ID or group ID. You can list Events based on their prefix. 5. In the Name field, enter a name for the Event. Event names must be unique. You can give your Event a name related to the function the Event is performing. For this scenario, enter Quick. 48 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 56. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 6. In the Application to run field, enter Quick. 7. In the Specify schedule criteria section, click the Add Row button. 8. In the Statement field, enter Run. 9. In the Criteria field, enter 4 pm daily. 10. Click Upload to upload the Event definition to ESP Server. A message appears informing you when this Event will first execute. Defining a job in the Application For this test Application, create a script or batch file on the ESP Agent machine for the test job: 1. Using Notepad or another text editor, create a file. 2. In the file, type exit. 3. Save the file as test.bat (Windows) or test.sh (UNIX). Remember where you stored the test file. You can verify communication between ESP Agent and ESP Server using a job type (for example, UNIX and Windows jobs) that can run the test file you created. Setup: Ensure the tab containing the Application name Quick is active. 1. From the Workflow Objects job palette, click the job type that matches your ESP Agent machine. For example, choose the UNIX job type if your ESP Agent is installed on a UNIX machine. 2. Click the workspace to the right of the job palette. A job icon appears on the workspace. 3. Right-click the job icon and click Edit. The job definition dialog appears. 4. In the Name field, enter a name for the job or use the default. 5. In the Agent name field, enter or select the ESP Agent name. 6. In the Command to run field, enter the full path to the test file you created. 7. Click OK. Uploading the Application to ESP Server In the Application Workspace view, right-click the Quick Application and click Upload. The Application is uploaded to ESP Server. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 49
  • 57. Section–Setting up ESP Agents to work with ESP Server Simulating the Event Use the simulation feature to see a graphical representation of the test Application for the Event Trigger schedule criteria. 1. Right-click the Trigger icon and click Simulate. The Simulate the Event dialog appears. 2. Leave the fields blank and click OK. Both a graphical representation and a text-based representation of the Application appear. Step 2: Run your workflow The Application runs according to the criteria you define in the Event Trigger. However, you can also trigger the Event manually to run immediately. Triggering the Event manually 1. Click the >> icon and click Event Manager. The Event Manager view appears. 2. In the Event Manager view, click the plus (+) sign beside Connections. 3. Double-click your ESP Server name. The Events view for your ESP Server appears. 4. In the Prefix field, enter the prefix the test Application is grouped under, and click List. A list of the events under the specified prefix appears. 5. Right-click the test Application name Quick and click Trigger. The Trigger the Event dialog appears. 6. Leave now in the Schedule criteria field (because you will trigger the Event immediately) and select Submit Application on hold. 7. Click OK. Step 3: Monitor your workflow Viewing the Application 1. Click the >> icon and click Monitor. The Application View view appears. 2. In Application View, click the plus (+) sign beside ESP Servers. 3. Right-click your ESP Server name and click Subscribe Active. A plus (+) sign appears beside the ESP Server name. 50 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 58. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 4. Click the plus (+) sign beside the ESP Server name. All active Applications that you have access to appears. 5. Click the plus (+) sign beside the test Application name Quick. The QUICK folder expands, and a folder for each Application generation appears. 6. Double-click the test Application generation. A graphical view of the test Application appears. Monitoring the Application Monitor the jobs in the graphical view. One by one the jobs start and end, and status information is updated. Some of the jobs may go into a WAITING state because they have built-in time delays. You should see all jobs in a COMPLETE state within a few minutes. Once the final job goes into a COMPLETE state, your setup is successful. As jobs in an Application pass through different states, the job label indicates the job’s state and the border surrounding the job icon changes color. • Jobs with a blue border are in a COMPLETE state. • Jobs with a green border are in an EXEC state (the job is running). • Jobs with a red border are in a TROUBLE state. If the job label indicates AGENTDOWN, it means that ESP Agent is not running or that Cybermation ESP: dSeries cannot contact ESP Agent. Ensure the Topology entries for ESP Agent match what you specified during installation. If you set up Strong Encryption for this Agent, ensure the encryption key is the same on ESP Agent and Cybermation ESP: dSeries. If a job goes into a SUBERROR state, it usually means the path to the command file is wrong. Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server You can set up strong (256-bit) encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server. Support for strong encryption is only available with Release 7 ESP System Agents. Important: The high security option for ESP Server and ESP System Agent is subject to export controls. To determine whether you are eligible for this option, contact Cybermation. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 51
  • 59. Section–Setting up strong encryption between ESP System Agents and ESP Server To set up strong encryption between ESP Agents and ESP Server, complete the following steps. Step Activity Page 9 1. Set up strong encryption on ESP Agent. 52 2. Enable strong encryption for ESP Agent in the ESP Server topology. 3. Restart ESP Agent. 53 4. Test the encryption between ESP Server and ESP Agent. 54 Note: You must install the ESP Server High Security Option. Set up strong encryption on ESP Agent 53 After you install the standard edition of ESP System Agent R7, you run the strongEncrypt executable file you obtain from Cybermation. To set up strong encryption on ESP Agent 1. Obtain the strongEncrypt executable file for ESP System Agent R7 from Cybermation. 2. Stop ESP Agent if it is running. 3. Run the strongEncrypt executable file: • On UNIX: At the command prompt, type ./strongEncrypt.bin -i console • On Windows, double-click the strongEncrypt.exe file. Note: The installation program prompts you for the path to ESP Agent. Make note of the path. You use this path in step 4. 4. Use a command prompt and change to the ESP Agent installation directory. 5. Run the CybKeygen utility that the strongEncrypt file installed. • On UNIX: Type CybKeygen.sh 0xkey strong • On Windows: Type cybkeygen.bat 0xkey strong where key is the strong encryption key. This key must be 16 to 64 characters long. You can specify up to 64 alphanumeric characters, using any digit and letters A through F only. 52 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 60. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Note: Make note of your new encryption key. You need this key when you enable strong encryption of ESP Agent in the ESP Server topology. Running the CybKeygen utility does the following: • Converts the encryption key defined in the agentparm.txt file (security.cryptkey parameter) and creates cryptkey.txt. • Sets the value of the security.cryptkey parameter in the agentparm.txt file to the path of the cryptkey.txt. • Installs a utility called CybKeygen. Enable strong encryption for ESP Agent in the ESP Server topology You use the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective to configure ESP Agent. The key you specified for ESP Agent using the CybKeygen utility and the key you specify using the ESP Server topology must be the same. If the keys are different, ESP Server and ESP Agent cannot communicate and you receive an AGENTDOWN state when you try to run workflow. To enable strong encryption for ESP Agent in the ESP Server topology 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent and select View Properties. 5. Change the value of these parameters: • Encryption Key — Enter the encryption key you created for ESP Agent using the CybKeygen utility. Do not enter the "0x" used as the prefix when you changed the key using the CybKeygen utility. • Strong Encryption Enabled — Select true. 6. To accept the changes, click Update. Restart ESP Agent After you have set up strong encryption on ESP Agent and enabled strong encryption in the ESP Server topology, restart ESP Agent. To restart ESP Agent 1. On the ESP Agent machine, change to the ESP Agent installation directory. 2. At the command prompt, enter the following command to stop ESP Agent: • On UNIX ./cybAgent -s • On Windows cybAgent -s ESPD-5.0-AG-02 53
  • 61. Section–Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server 3. Enter the following command to start ESP Agent: • On UNIX ./cybAgent & • On Windows cybAgent -a Test the encryption between ESP Server and ESP Agent You can run and monitor a simple Application, like the VERIFY Application packaged with ESP Server, to test the communication between ESP Server and ESP Agent. Note: If you use the VERIFY Application, make sure you change the ESP Agent name to the ESP Agent you are testing. Troubleshooting When there is a communication problem between ESP Server and ESP Agent, the AGENTDOWN state appears for the jobs in the Monitor perspective. The following are possible causes: • ESP Agent is not started. • ESP Server and ESP Agent have different encryption keys. • The parameters in ESP Server’s Topology are different than the ones defined in the agentparm.txt file. Make sure the values of parameters listed in the table below are the same. Topology agentparm.txt Value Name agentname Parent communication.managerid Address communication.manageraddress Port communication.inputport number Removing ESP Agent from ESP Server 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 54 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 62. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 4. In the Topology view, right-click the ESP Agent you want to remove and select Remove Agent. The ESP Agent disappears from the Topology view. Note: If you remove a parent ESP Agent that contains virtual ESP Agents, the parent and all its virtual ESP Agents are removed. Also, if you remove all the virtual ESP Agents from a parent ESP Agent, that parent is also removed. Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the Topology view, right-click the ESP Agent whose properties you want to modify and select View Properties. 5. Change the parameter values, as required. For parameter descriptions, select the field and press F1. 6. To save your changes, click the save icon at the top right corner of the Agent view. Note: For the changes to take effect, you must recycle (stop and restart) ESP Agent. Changing the log level on ESP Agent Dependency: ESP System Agent Release 7 You can change the log level on a remote ESP System Agent without restarting it. Log levels specify the type of information to record in the ESP Agent log files, which help in troubleshooting ESP Agent problems. 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: agentmsg control agentname(agentname) loglevel(2|3|4|5) persistent(TRUE|FALSE) agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose log level you want to change. Example agentmsg control agentname(WINAGENT) loglevel(5) persistent(TRUE) ESPD-5.0-AG-02 55
  • 63. Section–Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters Log levels ESP Agent supports log levels 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, where level 0 provides the least information and level 5 provides the most. • Levels 0, 1, and 2 create logs of any errors including the receiver and transmitter logs. • Level 3 adds queues. • Levels 4 and 5 add debugging information. Level 2 is adequate for general, initial testing, and level 0 is adequate for production unless problems arise requiring more details for troubleshooting. For more information on the log files created for each log level, see the troubleshooting chapter in the Cybermation ESP System Agent Administrator’s Guide. Changing the log level permanently The persistent operand enables you to change the log level permanently. • If the change is not permanent (the persistent operand is set to FALSE), the log level is changed for the current session only. The log level is reset to the level defined in the agentparm.txt file the next time ESP Agent is restarted. • If the change is permanent (the persistent operand is set to TRUE), the log.level parameter in the agentparm.txt file is updated with the new log level. A backup copy of the original agentparm.txt file is created with the name agentparm.txt.manager.<date_time_stamp>.txt. Defining ESP Agent users If an ESP Agent user specified in a job definition requires a password, such as Windows, SAP, PeopleSoft, FTP, and database users do, you must define the user to ESP Server. This procedure does not apply to UNIX and Oracle users. To define an ESP Agent user 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent you want to add the user to and select View Properties. The ESP Agent view appears. 5. Click the Users tab. 6. Click Add. The Add Agent User dialog appears. 56 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 64. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents 7. Complete the required fields: User ID, Password, and Confirm Password. 8. Click Update. Changing an ESP Agent user’s password To change an ESP Agent user’s password 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the Topology view, right-click ESP Agent you want to change a user’s password for and select View Properties. 5. Click the Users tab. 6. Select the user and click Change Password. The Change password dialog appears. 7. Complete the required fields and save. Configuring the z/OS ESP Agent To use the z/OS ESP Agent, you need to specify the encryption key the z/OS ESP Agent uses to communicate with ESP Server. Note: In an ESP High Availability configuration, the z/OS ESP Agent requires PTF SU02174 to run z/OS workflow. To configure the z/OS ESP Agent’s encryption key in the ESP Server topology 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the Topology view, right-click the z/OS ESP Agent you want to configure and select View Properties. 5. In the Encryption key field, enter the encryption key that is defined for the COMMCHAN initialization parameter in the z/OS ESP Agent's Agent definition data set. Note: All z/OS ESP Agents must use the same encryption key to communicate with ESP Server. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 57
  • 65. Section–Controlling ESP Agents Related procedures • To add the z/OS ESP Agent to the ESP Server network topology, see “Add ESP Agent to the ESP Server Topology” on page 35. • For information on configuring an ESP Agent definition data set, see the ESP System Agent IBM z/OS Installation and Configuration Guide. Controlling ESP Agents Use ESP Agent control commands to control ESP Agents from a client machine. Enter the following ESP Agent commands from the Command Console. Command Description Syntax shutdown Shuts down ESP Agent after all workload has completed refresh Reloads the ESP Agent security file agentmsg control clrfiles Clears the ESP Agent log files agentmsg control flush Purges all pending messages for the specified ESP Agent quiesce Holds all messages to be sent to the named ESP Agent. To resume message sending, use the restart command. restart Resumes sending messages to the named ESP Agent. Used following quiesce. Shutting down an ESP Agent agentmsg control agentname(agentname) shutdown agentname(agentname) refresh agentname(agentname) clrfiles agent agentname(agentname) flush agent agentname(agentname) quiesce agent agentname(agentname) restart You can shut down an ESP Agent currently processing workflow using the shutdown command. ESP Agent will shut down and all workflow will continue running. However, ESP Agent cannot track the workflow states. To shut down an ESP Agent 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: agentmsg control agentname(agentname) shutdown agentname is the name of the ESP Agent you want to shut down. 58 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 66. Chapter 4–Working with Cybermation ESP Agents Clearing ESP Agent receiver messages ESP Agent receiver messages are messages sent to an ESP Agent to tell it what workflow needs to be processed. These messages are queued to await processing. By issuing the flush command, you can clear these pending messages. 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: agent agentname(agentname) flush agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose messages you want to clear. This command clears all workload processing messages in the queue. Holding ESP Agent receiver messages The quiesce command holds all ESP Agent receiver messages in the queue until you enter the restart command. 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: agent agentname(agentname) quiesce agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose receiver messages you want to hold. The command holds all ESP Agent receiver messages in the queue until you enter the restart command. Resuming message sending to an ESP Agent The restart command resumes sending messages the quiesce command previously held. 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 59
  • 67. Section–Controlling ESP Agents 4. Enter the following command: agent agentname(agentname) restart agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose messages you want to resume sending. The command releases all messages the quiesce command previously held. 60 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 68. Establishing and Controlling Security This chapter contains the following topics: • About ESP Server security • Working with users • Working with groups • Summary of security permissions • Setting up your ESP Server security network ESPD-5.0-AG-02 61
  • 69. Section–About ESP Server security About ESP Server security ESP Server security is maintained through a set of security profiles. A security profile can represent a user or a group (a collection of users). Security profiles have permissions associated with them. For example, they determine access levels to Applications and ESP Server topology information. Users You define users with a user ID and password. You then grant them certain permissions that determine their access within ESP Server. Predefined users When you first install ESP Server, the installation program creates two predefined users: ADMIN and SCHEDMASTER. You must use these users to connect to ESP Server to perform post-installation tasks. When you create new users, these predefined users serve as models for security permissions. ADMIN user The ADMIN user contains the required permissions for administering ESP Server and is associated with the ADMINGRP group. The ADMIN’s default password is admin. SCHEDMASTER user The SCHEDMASTER user contains the required permissions for scheduling workflow and is associated with the SCHEDGRP group. The SCHEDMASTER’s default password is schedmaster. Related topics • “Creating a user” on page 66 • “Creating a group” on page 69 Groups You use groups to define the same set of permissions for different users. Once you assign permissions to a group, you can then associate users with that group. All users in a particular group share the permissions that belong to that group. Groups are useful for users who share common duties and activities. 62 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 70. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Predefined groups When you first install ESP Server, it creates the following predefined groups: • ADMINGRP • EVERYONE • OPERGRP • SCHEDGRP Use these groups as models for other groups that you create. ADMINGRP The ADMINGRP group contains the required permissions for administering ESP Server. Users associated with this group can • View, add, and modify topology information • View, add, and modify security profiles • View, add, modify, lock, and unlock resource definitions • Use a resource in an Application • Add, change, and delete job definitions in the VERIFY Application • Lock and unlock the VERIFY Application • Download, display, and modify the VERIFY Application • Run the VERIFY Application • Issue commands against jobs in the VERIFY Application • Insert jobs into the VERIFY Application • Display and update the VERIFY Event • Issue commands against the VERIFY Event The ADMIN user belongs to this group. EVERYONE Every user automatically belongs to the EVERYONE group. Users associated with this group can • Read the SYSTEM calendar • Use terms defined in the SYSTEM calendar ESPD-5.0-AG-02 63
  • 71. Section–About ESP Server security OPERGRP The OPERGRP group contains permissions needed by operators to do their work. Users associated with this group can • Display any Alert definition. • Download and display any Application. • Run any Application. • Issue commands against jobs in all Applications. • Insert jobs into any Application. • Display any Event. • Issue commands against all Events. SCHEDGRP The SCHEDGRP contains permissions needed by schedulers to do their work. Users associated with this group can • View, add, delete, lock, unlock, and modify • Any Alert definition • Any Application • Any Calendar • Any resource definition • Any Event • Add, modify, and delete any job definitions in any Application • Run work on any ESP Agent • Issue ESP Agent control commands to any ESP Agent • Use any user ID on any ESP Agent • Reference any calendar in an Event • Use an Application during run time The SCHEDMASTER user belongs to this group. Related topics • “Creating a group” on page 69 • “Adding, changing or removing group permissions” on page 69 Permissions Permissions determine what type of access a user or group has to a particular element of ESP Server. You can also use permissions to restrict access to specific things. For example, you can restrict access to a specific Application. 64 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 72. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Permissions can contain two types of access: • Alter, Update, or Read access • Allow or Deny access With Allow or Deny access, you can use Deny to create exceptions to a user or group’s normal access. For example, if a user needs to have access to all Calendars except the PAYCAL Calendar, you can give the user Allow access to CALENDAR.*, but create a permission with a Deny access called CALENDAR.PAYCAL. You add permissions to users and groups to define their security access. You can add permissions to a user or group when you first create them, or you can add them later. User vs. group permissions Sometimes a user belonging to group can contain permissions that contradict the group permissions. For example, a user with Allow access to AGENT.A1UNIX may belong to a group with a Deny permission for AGENT.A1UNIX. Also, in the case of permissions with Alter, Update, and Read access, a user may have a higher access level than the group. For example, a user may have Alter access to ADMIN.Security Files and belong to a group with Read access to ADMIN.Security Files. In these cases, the user permission always overrides the group permission. The user in the group with a Deny permission for AGENT.A1UNIX has Allow access to that ESP Agent, and the user who belongs to the group with Read access to ADMIN.Security Files has Alter access. Conventions for permissions Permissions follow a standard convention in this guide: permission.value (accesslevel) • permission is the name of the permission. • value defines what the permission affects. In the Security view, you select value from a dropdown menu when you add a permission to a user or group. You can use an asterisk(*) in the value field of most permissions to indicate that the value affects all aspects of the permission. • accesslevel defines the type of security access this permission allows. Depending on the type of permission, you can specify the following: • Alter, Update, or Read • Allow or Deny ESPD-5.0-AG-02 65
  • 73. Section–Working with users Working with users Creating a user When you first create a user, you can add permissions to it, or add it to groups as you create it, or you can modify the user’s details later. To create a user 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Click the Add new user icon. 5. On the New User tab, complete the following fields: • User ID — The user’s user ID. Each user ID must be unique. The first character must be alphabetic, and the user ID cannot exceed 20 characters. User IDs convert to uppercase as you type them. • User Name — An optional user’s name • Password — The user’s password. The first character must be alphabetic, and the password cannot exceed 32 characters. Passwords are case-sensitive and must be different than the user ID. • Confirm Password —Enter the password again. 6. To add the user to a group, select a group under Available Groups and click Add. 7. To assign the user permissions, do the following: a. Click the Permission tab. b. Click Add. The Add Permissions dialog appears. c. In the Permission type field, select the permission you want to add. d. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. e. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. f. Click OK. The permission is added to the user. Repeat the previous step until you have added all the permissions the user needs. 8. To add the user, click Update. 66 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 74. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Adding, changing or removing user permissions 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Right-click the user you want to change permissions for and select View Details. 5. Click the Permissions tab. 6. To add a permission, do the following: a. Click Add. b. In the Permission type field, select the permission you want to add. c. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. d. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. e. Click OK. 7. To change a permission, do the following: a. Select the permission you want to change. b. Click Edit. c. In the Edit permission dialog, make the required changes and click OK. 8. To remove a permission, do the following: a. Select the permission you want to remove. b. Click Remove. c. Click Yes. 9. When finished, click Update. Adding a user to a group 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Right-click the user you want to change permissions for and select View Details. 5. On the Groups tab, select the group and click Add. • To select multiple groups, press the Shift key while you select. • To copy a group list from an existing user, use the Copy group list from user field. 6. Click Update. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 67
  • 75. Section–Working with users Removing a user from a group 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Right-click the user you want to change and select View Details. 5. On the Groups tab, in the Connected Groups list, select the groups you want to remove and click Remove. 6. Click Update. Changing a user’s name 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Right-click the user you want to change and select View Details. 5. In the User Name field, enter the name and click Update. Removing a user from the ESP Server topology 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Right-click the user you want to remove and select Remove User. 5. Click Yes. Note: Removing a user does not remove any groups associated with it. Related topics • “Users” on page 62 • “Groups” on page 62 • “Summary of security permissions” on page 72 • “Resetting a user’s password” on page 12 68 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 76. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Working with groups Creating a group 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Click the Group tab. 5. Click Add new group. 6. On the New Group tab, complete the following fields: • Name — Mandatory group name. Each group must have a unique name. A group name must start with an alphabetic character and cannot exceed 20 characters. • Description — Brief description of the group. The first character must be alphabetic. The description cannot exceed 40 characters. 7. To add users to the group, select a user under Available Users and click Add. Tip: To copy a user list from an existing group, use the Copy user list from group field. 8. To assign the group permissions, do the following: a. Click the Permission tab. b. Click Add. c. On the Add Permissions tab, in the Permission type field, select the permission you want to add. d. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. e. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. f. Click OK. The permission is added to the group. Repeat the previous step until you have added all the permissions the user needs. Tip: To copy a permissions list from an existing group, use the Copy permission list from group field. 9. To add the group, click Update. Adding, changing or removing group permissions 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 69
  • 77. Section–Working with groups 3. Open the Security view. 4. Click the Groups tab. 5. To add a permission, do the following: a. Right-click the group and select View Details. b. Click the Permissions tab. c. Click Add. d. In the Permission type field, select the permission you want to add. e. In the Value column, type the permission’s value. To specify multiple values, use a wildcard (*). For example, Application name set to PAYROLL* matches all Applications that begin with PAYROLL. f. In the Access section, select the access level for the permission. For Alter, Update, and Read, selecting the highest level of access also selects the levels below. For example, Alter access grants alter, update, and read access. g. Click OK. 6. To change a permission, do the following: a. Right-click the group and select View Details. b. Click the Permissions tab. c. Select the permission you want to change. d. Click Edit. e. In the Edit permission dialog, make the required changes and click OK. 7. To remove a permission, do the following: a. Right-click the group you want to remove and select Remove Group. b. Click Yes. 8. When finished, click Update. Changing a group’s description 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Security view. 4. Click the Groups tab. 5. Right-click the group you want to change and select View Details. 6. Make the required changes, and click Update. Removing a group from the ESP Server topology To remove a group from the ESP Server topology 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 70 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 78. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 3. Open the Security view. 4. Right-click the group you want to remove and select Remove Group. 5. Click Yes. Note: Removing a group does not remove the users associated with it. Related topics • “Users” on page 62 • “Groups” on page 62 • “Summary of security permissions” on page 72 ESPD-5.0-AG-02 71
  • 79. Section–Summary of security permissions Summary of security permissions The following table summarizes the permissions you can add to users and groups. Permission Determines access to Access Values See Page ADMIN Network topology and security files Alter, Update, Read 72 AGENT Running workflow on an ESP Agent Allow, Deny 73 AGENTMSG ESP Agent control commands Allow, Deny 74 AGENTUSER ESP Agent user IDs Allow, Deny 75 ALERT Alert definitions Alter, Update, Read 76 APPL Application definitions Alter, Update, Read 76 APPLX Active Applications Allow, Deny 78 CALENDAR Calendars Alter, Update, Read 79 CMD Issuing commands from the EVENT Events Alter, Update, Read 81 EVENTX Issuing commands against an Event Allow, Deny 82 JAVASCRIPT JavaScript scripts Alter, Update, Read 83 RESOURCE Resources Alter, Update, Read 83 ADMIN Command Console Allow, Deny 80 Affects topology information and security files. Syntax ADMIN.Network Topology Determines access to the topology. This permission affects what a user can do in the Topology view. Tasks include • Modifying ESP Server configuration and initialization parameters • Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters • Adding and removing ESP Agents from your network You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to view, update, add, and delete topology information. • Update enables a user or group to view and update topology information. • Read enables a user to view topology information. Note: To access the Topology view, a user requires Update or Alter access. 72 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 80. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Examples: ADMIN.Network topology Permission Definition ADMIN.Network Topology (Alter) The user can view and modify ESP Server and ESP Agent parameters as well as add and delete ESP Agents from the network. ADMIN.Network Topology (Update) The user can view and modify ESP Server and ESP Agent parameters in the Topology view. ADMIN.Network Topology (Read) The user can view topology information. Syntax ADMIN.Security Files Determines access to ESP Server security files. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to view, update, add, and delete users and groups. • Update enables a user or group to view and update users and groups. • Read enables a user or group to view user and group information. Note: To access the Security Profiles Manager, a user requires Update or Alter access. Examples: ADMIN.Security Files Permission Definition ADMIN.Security Files (Alter) • The user can view and modify users, groups, and ADMIN.Security Files (Update) The user can view and modify users, groups, and ADMIN.Security Files (Read) The user can view user and group information. AGENT permissions. • The user can add users and groups and can create new permissions. permissions. Determines whether a user or group can or cannot run work on an ESP Agent. Syntax AGENT.agentname where agentname is the name of an ESP Agent in the topology. Use an asterisk in its place to specify that all ESP Agents are affected by this permission. For example, the permission AGENT.Unix1 determines whether a user or group can or cannot run work on the ESP Agent named UNIX1. The permission AGENT.* ESPD-5.0-AG-02 73
  • 81. Section–Summary of security permissions determines whether a user or group can or cannot run work on all ESP Agents in the topology. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Allow enables a user or group to run work on the ESP Agent specified in agentname. • Deny restricts a user or group from running work on the ESP Agent specified in agentname. Examples: AGENT usage Permission Definition AGENT.A1* (Allow) The user can run work on any ESP Agent whose name AGENT.A1UNIX (Deny) The user cannot run work on the ESP Agent named AGENTMSG begins with A1. A1UNIX. Determines whether a user or group can or cannot issue ESP Agent control commands to an ESP Agent using the Command Console. Syntax AGENTMSG.CONTROL.agentname where • CONTROL indicates that this permission affects ESP Agent control commands • agentname is the name of the ESP Agent that you are applying the permission to. Use an asterisk to specify that all ESP Agents are affected by this permission. For example, the permission AGENTMSG.CONTROL.AIXUNIX determines if a user or group can or cannot issue ESP Agent control commands on the ESP Agent named AIXUNIX. The permission AGENTMSG.CONTROL.* determines whether a user or group can or cannot issue ESP Agent control commands on any ESP Agent in the topology. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Allow enables a user or group to run the specified ESP Agent control command on the specified ESP Agent. • Deny restricts a user or group from running the specified ESP Agent control command on the specified ESP Agent. Note: The AGENTMSG permission works with the CMD permission. To issue ESP Agent control commands, a user also requires CMD.APPCMD* (Allow). For more information on the CMD permission, see “CMD” on page 80. 74 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 82. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Examples: AGENTMSG usage Permission Definition AGENTMSG.CONTROL.A1* (Allow) AGENTMSG.CONTROL. A1UNIX (Deny) AGENTUSER The user can issue ESP Agent control commands to all ESP Agents whose name begins with A1. The user cannot issue ESP Agent control commands to the ESP Agent named A1UNIX. Determines if a user can or cannot use a specific user ID on an ESP Agent. Syntax AGENTUSER.agentname.userid where • agentname is the name of an ESP Agent that this permission affects. Use an asterisk to specify that all ESP Agents are affected by this permission. • userid is the name of a valid ESP Agent user ID. Use an asterisk to specify that all ESP Agent user IDs can be used. This value is case sensitive. For example, the permission AGENTUSER.A1UNIX.User1 determines whether a user can or cannot use the user ID User1 on the ESP Agent named A1UNIX. The permission AGENTUSER.*.* determines if a user can or cannot use any user ID on any ESP Agent in the topology. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Allow enables a user or group to use the user ID specified in userid on the ESP Agent specified in agentname. • Deny restricts a user or group from using the user ID specified in userid on the ESP Agent specified in agentname. Examples: AGENTUSER usage Permission Definition AGENTUSER.A1*.* (Allow) The user can use any user ID on any ESP Agent in the topology whose name starts with A1. AGENTUSER.A1*.User1 (Allow) The user can use the user ID User1 on any ESP Agent in the topology whose name starts with A1. AGENTUSER.A1UNIX.* (Deny) The user cannot use any user IDs on the ESP Agent A1UNIX. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 75
  • 83. Section–Summary of security permissions ALERT Determines a user or group’s access to Alert definitions. Alerts are used to take action automatically when a job reaches a particular stage of processing. This permission allows a user or group to view, define, modify, and delete an Alert. Syntax ALERT.alertname where alertname is the name of the Alert you are applying the permission to. Use an asterisk to specify that the permission applies to all Alerts. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display, and update an Alert definition • Update enables a user or group to display and update an Alert definition. • Read enables a user or group to read an Alert definition. Examples: ALERT usage APPL Permission Definition ALERT.* (Alter) User can create, delete, and change any Alert definition. ALERT.LATE_JOBS (Update) User can display and update the LATE_JOBS Alert definition. ALERT.FAIL* (Read) User can read any Alert definition starting with FAIL. Determines what a user or group can do using Workload Editor. With this permission, a user can create and view Applications as well as add, change, and delete Applications and job definitions. Syntax APPL.applname where applname is the name of an Application. Use an asterisk to specify the permission determines access to all Applications. For example, the permission APPL.PAYROLL determines access to the Application PAYROLL. The permission named APPL.* determines access to all Applications. 76 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 84. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to • Create, delete, lock, and unlock an Application. • Add, change, and delete Applications and job definitions. • Unlock an Application definition locked by another user. • Update enables a user or group to • Lock or unlock an Application. • Add, change, and delete Applications and job definitions. • Read enables a user or group to download and display an Application. Examples: APPL usage Permission Definition APPL.* (Alter) The user can create and delete new Applications, change Applications, and change job definitions in any Applications. APPL.PAYROLL (Update) Add, change and delete job definitions in the Application called PAYROLL. APPL.PAYROLL (Read) The user can view the Application called PAYROLL. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 77
  • 85. Section–Summary of security permissions APPLX Determines what a user or group can do in the Define perspective and also determines which jobs a user can view in the Scheduled Activity report. With this permission, a user or group can control and manage Applications, view states, insert jobs, and retrieve spool files. Syntax APPLX.applname.jobname.jobqualifier.commandname where • applname is the name of the Application. Use an asterisk to specify that the permission determines access to all Applications. • jobname is the name of the job within the Application. Use an asterisk to specify the permission affects all jobs within the Application. • jobqualifier is the name of the job qualifier. • commandname is either subscribe or getspoolfile. Use an asterisk to specify the permission determines access to all Applications The subscribe value enables a user or group to display the status of jobs within Applications, but not control them. The getspoolfile value enables a user or group to view the output of a job in its spool file. The permission APPLX.*.*.*.subscribe gives users subscription-only access to all Applications. Users with this permission can view and monitor the status of jobs and Applications using the Define perspective, but they can’t issue any commands (for example, Complete, Bypass, Hold) to control the jobs and Applications. The Administrator can restrict users or groups so they can only subscribe to one Application in particular. To restrict users or groups to subscribe to one specific Application, the Administrator uses the following permission syntax: APPLX.applname.*.*.subscribe where applname is the name of the Application the Administrator wants to restrict subscription access to. You can associate the following access values with the APPLX permission: • Allow enables a user or group to run Applications or a job within an Application, issue commands against a job within an Application, and insert jobs into the Application. When the value subscribe is in the APPLX permission, the user or group can view the status of jobs, but cannot issue commands against them. • Deny restricts a user or group from running Applications or jobs within the Applications, issuing commands against jobs, or inserting jobs. 78 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 86. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Examples: APPLX usage Permission Definition APPLX.* (Allow) The user can run all Applications and insert jobs in all APPLX.PAYROLL.* (Allow) The user can run and insert jobs in the Application APPLX.PAYROLL.PAYJOB1. RUN1 (Allow) APPLX.PAYROLL (Deny) The user cannot run and insert jobs into the Application APPLX.*.*.*.subscribe (Allow) The user can view and monitor the status of jobs and APPLX.PAYROLL.*.*.subscribe (Allow) APPLX.PAYROLL.*.*. getspoolfile (Allow) CALENDAR Applications. PAYROLL. The user can also view Scheduled Activity reports that include this PAYROLL Application. The user can only run and insert jobs in the Application called PAYROLL, and can only affect the job PAYJOB1.RUN1. PAYROLL. Applications using Workload Director. The user cannot issue any commands (for example, Complete, Bypasss, Hold) to control the jobs and Applications. The user can only view and monitor the status of jobs that belong to the PAYROLL Application. The user can only view the spool file of jobs that belong to the PAYROLL Application. Determines a user or group’s access to Calendars. With this permission, a user can create new Calendars, add holidays and special day definitions, change remarks and workday settings, and reference a Calendar in Events. Syntax CALENDAR.calendarname where calendarname is the name of the Calendar the permission defines access to. Use an asterisk to indicate this permission applies to all Calendars. For example, the permission CALENDAR.CALENDAR1 determines a user or group’s access to the Calendar named Calendar1. The permission CALENDAR.* determines a user or group’s access to all Calendars. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 79
  • 87. Section–Summary of security permissions You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to • Create and delete a Calendar. • Add holidays and special days. • Change remarks and workday settings. • Display a Calendar’s content. • Reference a Calendar in Events. • Update enables a user or group to • Add holidays and special days. • Change remarks and workday settings. • Display a Calendar’s content. • Reference a Calendar in Events. • Read enables a user or group to • Display a Calendar’s content. • Reference a Calendar in Events. Examples: CALENDAR usage CMD Permission Definition CALENDAR.* (Alter) The user can create new Calendars, as well as view and modify all Calendars. CALENDAR.PAY* (Update) The user can view and modify any Calendar starting with PAY. CALENDAR.PAYROLL (Read) The user can display the Calendar called PAYROLL. Determines whether a user or group can or cannot issue commands from the Command Console. Syntax CMD.APPCMD* You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Allow enables a user or group to issue commands from the Command Console. • Deny restricts a user or group from issuing commands from the Command Console. 80 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 88. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Examples: CMD usage Permission Definition CMD.APPCMD* (Allow) The user can issue commands from the Command CMD.APPCMD* (Deny) The user cannot issue commands from the Command EVENT Console. Console. Determines a user or group’s access to Event definitions. With the EVENT permission, a user or group can create, view, and modify Event definitions. Note: The EVENT permission works with the APPL permission. To create and update an Event, a user requires APPL (Alter) for the Application the Event refers to. For more information on the APPL permission, see “APPL” on page 76. Syntax EVENT.eventprefix.eventname where • eventprefix is the prefix of the Event. • eventname is the name of the Event. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display and update an Event. • Update enables a user or group to display and update an Event. • Read enables a user or group to display a specific Event. Examples: EVENT usage Permission Definition EVENT.PROD.* (Alter) The user can create, modify and view all Event definitions with the PROD Event prefix. EVENT.PROD.PAYROLL (Update) The user can display and modify the Event called PAYROLL. EVENT.* (Alter) The user can create, modify and view all Event definitions. EVENT.TEST.MRC* (Update) The user can display and modify any Event that begins with MRC, with the Event prefix of TEST. EVENT.* (Read) The user can display all Events. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 81
  • 89. Section–Summary of security permissions EVENTX Determines if a user or group can or cannot issue commands against an Event and determines which Events are included in the Scheduled Activity Report file. Syntax EVENTX.eventprefix.eventname where • eventprefix is the prefix of the Event. • eventname is the name of the Event. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Allow enables a user or group to issue commands to the Event. • Deny restricts a user or group from issuing commands to the Event. Examples: EVENTX usage Permission Definition EVENTX.* (Allow) The user can issue commands against all Events. EVENTX.PROD.* (Allow) The user can issue commands against all Events with the prefix PROD. EVENTX.PROD.PAYROLL (Deny) The user cannot issue commands against the Event PAYROLL, with the prefix, PROD. EVENTX.*.MYJOBS (Allow) The user can issue commands against all Events called MYJOBS. MYJOBS can have any prefix. 82 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 90. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security JAVASCRIPT Determines a user or group’s access to JavaScript scripts used in scheduling. This permission enables a user or group to view, modify, or create JavaScript scripts. Syntax JAVASCRIPT.javascriptname where javascriptname is the name of a JavaScript script. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display and update a JavaScript script. • Update enables a user or group to display and update a JavaScript script. • Read enables a user or group to use a JavaScript script in an Application. Examples: JAVASCRIPT usage Permission Definition JAVASCRIPT.* (Alter) The user can create JavaScript scripts as well as view and JAVASCRIPT. DATEVARIABLES (Update) JAVASCRIPT.ODDJOBS (Read) RESOURCE modify all existing scripts. The user can view and modify the JavaScript script named DATEVARIABLES. The user can view the JavaScript script, named ODDJOBS, in Applications. Determines a user or group’s access to resources used in scheduling. This permission enables a user or group to view, modify, or create resource definitions. Syntax RESOURCE.resourcename where resourcename is the name of a resource. Use an asterisk to associate this permission with all resources. You can associate the following access values with this permission: • Alter enables a user or group to create, delete, display and update a resource definition. • Update enables a user or group to display and update a resource definition. • Read enables a user or group to use a resource definition in an Application. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 83
  • 91. Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network Examples: RESOURCE usage Permission Definition RESOURCE.* (Alter) The user can create new resource definitions as well as view and modify all existing resource definitions. RESOURCE.LOWPRIO (Update) The user can view and modify the resource definition called LOWPRIO. RESOURCE.DB2 (Read) The user can use the resource definition, DB2, in Applications. Setting up your ESP Server security network To ensure proper setup, use the following guidelines when you set up new users and groups at your installation: • Before you define security profiles, analyze your security needs to determine the similarities between different users. You will then have a rough idea of your needs for users and groups. • You can create groups that contain common permissions used by collections of users. • You can copy and modify the predefined users and groups if you need to create security profiles with similar permission requirements. • Maintain an organized set of naming conventions for your security profiles. For example, you could organize your security profiles based on user location or job description. Example scenarios This section contains some example scenarios that you may find helpful in setting up your own ESP Server security network. Scenario 1 This scenario shows how you can set up a simple security system using only the predefined users and groups. The following table contains a list of staff members and their roles. Name Function Andrea Administrator Barry Administrator Chantal Scheduler 84 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 92. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Name Function Dean Scheduler Erin Scheduler Bob Scheduler Fred Operator Gail Operator Hugh Operator Ingrid Operator Jerry Operator To set up this security scenario 1. Open the Security Profiles Manager. 2. Select Users from the main window. 3. Click Add. The Add User dialog appears. 4. Fill in the User ID, User name, Password, and Confirm password fields using the information in the following table. User ID User name Password Confirm Password A_ANDREA Andrea a1 a1 A_BARRY Barry b2 b2 S_CHANTAL Chantal c3 c3 S_DEAN Dean d4 d4 S_ERIN Erin e5 e5 S_BOB Bob b6 b6 O_FRED Fred f7 f7 O_GAIL Gail g8 g8 O_HUGH Hugh h9 h9 O_INGRID Ingrid i10 i10 O_JERRY Jerry j11 j11 The user IDs in this scenario use the following naming convention: • Administrator user IDs begin with A_. This prefix is followed by the user’s name, for example, A_Andrea. • Scheduler user IDs begin with S_. This prefix is followed by the user’s name, for example S_CHANTAL. • Operator user IDs begin with O_. This prefix is followed by the user’s name, for example O_FRED. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 85
  • 93. Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 5. To add these user IDs to groups, copy the group lists from the predefined users using the information below. User ID Copy Group List from User... A_ANDREA ADMIN A_BARRY ADMIN S_CHANTAL SCHEDMASTER S_DEAN SCHEDMASTER S_ERIN SCHEDMASTER S_BOB SCHEDMASTER Because there is not a predefined user ID for operators, add the following user IDs to the group OPERGRP: • O_FRED • O_GAIL • O_HUGH • O_INGRID • O_JERRY 6. Once you have assigned groups to all the users, you can now add permissions. To add permissions to the user IDs, copy the permission lists from the predefined users using the information below. User ID Copy Permissions from User... A_ANDREA ADMIN A_BARRY ADMIN S_CHANTAL SCHEDMASTER S_DEAN SCHEDMASTER S_ERIN SCHEDMASTER S_ERIN SCHEDMASTER S_BOB SCHEDMASTER 7. Define permissions for operators for remaining User IDs. 8. Notify the users of their user IDs and passwords. Request that they change their passwords immediately. Scenario 2 This scenario builds on the previous scenario. It shows a typical ESP Server installation and illustrates most ESP Server security features. Following this scenario are some examples that show some maintenance situations relative to this scenario. 86 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 94. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Specifications In this scenario • The company head office is located in Toronto with branches in New York and London. A different set of ESP Agents is installed in each branch. • Two administrators and a master scheduler are located in Toronto. The master scheduler needs access to everything at both a scheduling and operating level. • There is one scheduler located in Toronto and one each in New York and London. These schedulers work exclusively on their own branches’ data. The policy is that schedulers can only operate for test Applications. • There are three operators in Toronto and one each in New York and London. • There is one tape drive resource in each branch (Toronto, New York, and London). Only the branch operators can control the tape drives. • One of Toronto’s operators is the only person authorized to run payroll jobs. • The training department periodically conducts operator training in Toronto and requires new users with authorization to run a set of training jobs, and to view all jobs running at every branch. The following table summarizes the staff organization. User Name Position Location Security Requirements Andrea Administrator Toronto • Administrate and view everything Barry Administrator Toronto • Administrate and view everything Chantal Master Scheduler Toronto • Schedule all work • Run all work Dean Scheduler Toronto • Schedule Toronto work • Run Toronto test work Bob Scheduler New York • Schedule New York work • Run New York test work Erin Scheduler London • Schedule London work • Run London test work Fred Operator Toronto • Run Toronto work • Run payroll work • Control Toronto tape drive Gail Operator Toronto • Run Toronto work Hugh Operator Toronto • Run Toronto work ESPD-5.0-AG-02 87
  • 95. Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network User Name Position Location Security Requirements Ingrid Operator New York • Run New York work • Control New York tape drive Jerry Operator London • Run London work • Control London tape drive Training ID, as needed Operator trainee Toronto • Run training work • Monitor all work This scenario uses the following naming conventions for users, groups, and permissions: • User IDs in this scenario use the following naming convention: • Administrator user IDs begin with A_ • Scheduler user IDs begin with S_ • Operator user IDs begin with O_ • City codes will be used for the names of most elements of ESP Server. The city codes are as follows: • Toronto: TOR_ • New York: NY_ • London: LON_ • ESP Agent names in the topology will use the city code. For example, all ESP Agents at the Toronto location will start with TOR_. • Application names will use the city code. The exception to this is payroll Applications, which will start with PAY, and training Applications, which start with TRN. Test Applications use the city code followed by TST. • Events and Event prefixes will use the city code. The exceptions are payroll Event prefixes, which start with PAY, test Events, which start with TST, and training Event prefixes, which start with TRN. • Calendar names, Resource names, and Alert names will use the city code. Implementation Creating groups ADMIN1 Position: Administrators To create the ADMIN1 group 1. Create a new group, ADMIN1. 2. Copy all permissions to ADMIN1 from the predefined group, ADMINGRP. 88 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 96. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security 3. Add the following permissions: • ALERT.* (Read) • APPL.* (Read) • CALENDAR.* (Read) • EVENT.*.* (Read) • Resource.*.* (Read) TOR_SCHED1 Position: Toronto Schedulers To create the TOR_SCHED1 group 1. Create a new group, TOR_SCHED1. 2. Copy all permissions to TOR_SCHED1 from the predefined group, SCHEDGRP. 3. Update the following permissions • AGENT.* (Allow) • ALERT.* (Alter) • APPL.* (Alter) • APPLX.* (Allow) • CALENDAR.* (Alter) • EVENT.*.* (Alter) • EVENTX.*.* (Allow) to the following: • AGENT.TOR_* (Allow) • ALERT.TOR_* (Alter) • APPL.TOR_* (Alter) • APPLX.TOR_TST*.* (Allow) • CALENDAR.TOR_* (Alter) • EVENT.TOR_*.* (Alter) • EVENTX.TOR_TST*.* (Allow) TOR_OPGRP1 Position: Toronto Operators To create the TOR_OPGRP1 group 1. Create a new group, TOR_OPGRP1. 2. Copy all permissions to TOR_OPGRP1 from the predefined group, OPERGRP. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 89
  • 97. Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 3. Update the following permissions • ALERT.* (Read) • APPL.* (Read) • APPLX.* (Allow) • EVENT.*.* (Read) • EVENTX.*.* (Allow) to the following: • ALERT.TOR_* (Read) • APPL.TOR_* (Read) • APPLX.TOR_* (Allow) • EVENT.TOR_*.* (Read) • EVENTX.TOR_*.* (Allow) 4. Add the following permissions: • RESOURCE.TOR_TAPE (Alter) • CMD.APPCMD* (Allow) • AGENT.TOR_* (Allow) TOR_OPRTRAIN Position: Operator Trainee To create the TOR_OPTRAIN group 1. Create a new group called TOR_OPTRAIN. 2. Copy all permissions to TOR_OPTRAIN from the predefined group, OPERGRP. 3. Update the following permissions: • APPLX.* (Allow) • EVENTX.*.* (Allow) to the following: • APPLX.TRN* (Allow) • EVENTX.TRN*.* (Allow) 4. Add the permission CMD.APPCMD* (Allow) 90 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 98. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Creating groups for New York and London Once groups for Toronto have been created, you can now create groups for New York and London. To create groups for New York and London 1. Create the following groups: • NY_SCHED1 • LON_SCHED1 • NY_OPGRP1 • LON_OPGRP1 2. Copy the permissions for each new scheduler group from TOR_SCHED1 and the permissions for each new operator group from TOR_OPGRP1. 3. Modify the permissions of the new groups to reflect the new city codes. For example, in NY_OPGRP1, when you copy the permissions from TOR_OPGRP1, you must change ALERT.TOR_* (Read) to ALERT.NY_* (Read). Creating users You have now created all the groups required. You must now create users based on the information in the job summary table. Most of the permissions the users will need are already defined in their respective groups, but you will need to customize some users based on some exact criteria in their security requirements. To create users 1. Create the following users using the table below for their User IDs, user name, passwords, and group association. User ID User Name Password/ Confirm Password Groups A_ANDREA Andrea a1 ADMIN1 A_BARRY Barry b2 ADMIN1 S_CHANTAL Chantal c3 TOR_SCHED1 NY_SCHED1 LON_SCHED1 TOR_OPGRP1 NY_OPGRP1 LON_OPGRP1 S_DEAN Dean d4 TOR_SCHED1 S_BOB Bob e5 NY_SCHED1 S_ERIN Erin f6 LON_SCHED1 O_FRED Fred g7 TOR_OPGRP1 ESPD-5.0-AG-02 91
  • 99. Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network User ID User Name Password/ Confirm Password Groups O_GAIL Gail h8 TOR_OPGRP1 O_HUGH Hugh i9 TOR_OPGRP1 O_INGRID Ingrid j10 NY_OPGRP1 O_JERRY Jerry k11 LON_OPGRP1 Note: The user, S_CHANTAL belongs to all groups because, as master scheduler, she needs access to everything. 2. Add the following permissions to O_FRED, who needs to run payroll jobs: • APPLX.PAY* (Allow) • EVENTX.PAY* (Allow) 3. Notify users of their user ID and password. Request that they change their passwords immediately. Maintenance examples The following examples are based on changes made to the above scenario. New employee Kirk has joined the company as an operator. He will work in New York, but first he will be trained in Toronto for three months. Creating a user profile for Kirk 1. For the training period, set the user as follows. User ID User Name Password/Confirm Password Groups O_KIRK Kirk l11 TOR_OPTRAIN 2. Inform Kirk of his user ID and password and request that he change his password. 3. When he assumes his position in New York, remove him from TOR_OPTRAIN group and add him to NY_OPGRP1. Employee leaving Fred is leaving the company. Delete him from the user list and, because he was the only user allowed to run payroll Applications, you need to inquire about who will replace him and move the APPLX.PAY* (Allow) and EVENTX.PAY* (Allow) permissions to the new user. 92 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 100. Chapter 5–Establishing and Controlling Security Employee transfer Gail is promoted from operator to scheduler. She will stay in New York. Create a new user ID called S_GAIL and add it to the group NY_SCHED1. Delete the user O_GAIL. It is possible Gail will combine her old and new duties during a transition period. You may want to assign S_GAIL to the NY_OPGRP1 group temporarily. New department The company expands and opens a branch in Los Angeles. The staffing will be as follows. User Name Position Location Security Requirements Leslie Scheduler Los Angeles • Administrate Los Angeles Michael Operator Los Angeles • Run Los Angeles work Helen Operator Los Angeles • Run Los Angeles work The city code for Los Angeles is LA_. installation • Schedule Los Angeles work • Run Los Angeles test work • Control Los Angeles tape drive To set up security for the new department in Los Angeles 1. Create the groups, LA_SCHED1 and LA_OPGRP1. Copy and modify the permissions from TOR_SCHED1 and TOR_OPGRP1, respectively. 2. Create the following users. User ID User Name Password/Confirm Password Groups S_LESLIE Leslie m12 LA_SCHED1 O_MICHAEL Michael n13 LA_OPGRP1 O_HELEN Helen o14 LA_OPGRP1 3. Add the following permissions to the user S_LESLIE, to give her access to administrative functions: • ADMIN.Network Topology (Alter) • ADMIN.Security Files (Alter) ESPD-5.0-AG-02 93
  • 101. Section–Setting up your ESP Server security network 94 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 102. Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files This chapter contains the following topics: • About log files • Changing a log’s location or name • Creating an audit log report • Filtering messages sent to trace logs • Summary of filter IDs ESPD-5.0-AG-02 95
  • 103. Section–About log files About log files ESP Server maintains three log file types that store diagnostic and auditing information: • Trace logs • Automated Framework Message logs • Audit logs The trace log (tracelog.txt) stores communication messages between Cybermation ESP system components and maintains debugging information used primarily for diagnostic purposes. The AFM log (afmlog.txt) stores communication messages between ESP Server, ESP Agents, ESP Desktop Client and ESP Web Client. The audit log records user input. ESP Server creates a new audit log every day. You cannot change the frequency ESP Server creates the audit log. By default, ESP Server names the audit log audit.YYYYMMDD.txt, where YYYYMMDD is the log date. Unlike the other logs, the audit log is encrypted. You cannot use ESP Server to automatically archive or clear the audit log. You can create an HTML and Comma Separated Values (CSV) report using the auditlog export command in the Command Console. Log maintenance By default, ESP Server performs an automatic archive, or rotation, of all its log files at midnight. During the rotation, ESP Server archives the log files, creating new files in the LogFiles directory. ESP Server includes a timestamp in the filename of the archived log, indicating when ESP Server archived the file. Related topics • “Archiving server log files” on page 139 • “Clearing server log files” on page 141 • “Clearing server.log files (UNIX systems only)” on page 143 Filter IDs Each message ESP Server sends has an associated filter ID. Filter IDs enable you to filter the messages ESP Server writes to logs. When you apply filter IDs to a log, ESP Server logs all messages with filter ID numbers equal to the specified filter IDs. By default, ESP Server sets the filter IDs of the logs to 0. Note: ESP Server logs exception messages automatically. Exception messages do not have filter IDs associated with them. 96 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 104. Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files Changing a log’s location or name By default, ESP Server maintains the logs in the following directory: • On UNIX: <installDir>/Resources/LogFiles • On Windows: <installDir>ResourcesLogFiles You can change a log file’s location and name by editing the espresso.properties file. To change a log file’s location or name 1. Open the espresso.properties file located in ESP Server installation directory. You can edit the espresso.properties file using your operating system’s text editor. 2. Edit the log file’s targets field. • cybtracelog.targets — The trace log’s file location • cybafmlog.targets — The AFM log’s file location • cybauditlog.targets — The audit log’s file location 3. Recycle ESP Server. Example: Changing the name and location of the trace log file A user changed the name and location of the trace log file by modifying the cybtracelog.targets field of the espresso.properties file. The cybtracelog.filterids field specifies the filter IDs applied to the log. The name and location changes are in bold. cybtracelog.filterids=0 cybtracelog.targets=/u1/Espresso/Logs/Preferredtracelog.txt ESPD-5.0-AG-02 97
  • 105. Section–Creating an audit log report Creating an audit log report The audit log report contains every user-initiated ESP Server command. To create an audit log report, you use the auditlog export appcmd. This command creates an audit log in CSV format and a report in html format. For each command a user issues, the audit log records the following information: • Date and time the user issued the command • User ID that issued the command • Command type • Command name • Command message (AFM) Note: To export the audit log, you must have administrative privileges. To generate an audit log report 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Issue the following command: auditlog export path(directory_path) name(name) [startdate(YYYYMMDD)] [enddate(YYYYMMDD)] where • directory_path is the full directory path on the server where you want to export the audit log and generate the report. • name is the name you want to use for the audit log and audit report. ESP Server names the audit log name.log (in CSV format) and the report name.html. Note: The name can contain any allowable filename character determined by the operating system where ESP Server is installed. • startdate and enddate are optional parameters. If you omit the start and end dates, ESP Server exports the audit log of the current day, for example auditlog export path(/export/home/usr) name(today). If you enter only the start date, ESP Server assumes the end date is the current day, for example auditlog export path(/export/home/usr) name(Mar15)startdate(20050315). 98 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 106. Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files Note: If you enter an end date, you must enter a start date. If you enter a start date and an end date, ESP Server exports the audit log between the two dates, for example auditlog export path(/export/home/usr) name(Mar15to31)startdate(20050315)enddate(20050331). Filtering messages sent to trace logs To reduce the number of messages written to logs, apply filter IDs to the logs. You can apply temporary filter IDs or permanent filter IDs. Applying temporary tracelog filter IDs You can add filter IDs temporarily using the filterid command in the Command Console. These filter IDs apply until you restart ESP Server. Use this method to monitor specific messages for a limited time. You can temporarily add and remove a single filter ID, multiple filter IDs, or a range of filter IDs to a log file. To add temporary filter IDs to a trace log 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: tracelog filterid(nnnn) where nnnn is the number of a valid filter ID. For multiple filter IDs use (nnnn, nnnn). For a range of filter IDs, use (nnnn-nnnn) To remove temporary filter IDs from a trace log 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: tracelog filterid(-nnnn) where nnnn is the number of a valid filter ID. For multiple filter IDs use (-nnnn, -nnnn). For a range of filter IDs, use (-nnnn-nnnn) ESPD-5.0-AG-02 99
  • 107. Section–Filtering messages sent to trace logs Examples: Applying temporary tracelog filter IDs • tracelog filterid(909)adds filter ID 909 to the trace log • tracelog filterid(23,909)adds filter IDs 23 and 909 to the trace log • tracelog filterid(955-957)adds filter IDs 955, 956, and 957 to the trace log Examples: Removing temporary tracelog filter IDs • To remove filter ID 909 from the trace log, enter tracelog filterid(-909) • To remove filter IDs 23 and 909 from the trace log, enter tracelog filterid(-23,-909) • To remove filter IDs 900 to 905 from the trace log, enter tracelog filterid(-900-905) Applying permanent tracelog filter IDs You can add filter IDs permanently by modifying the espresso.properties file. These filter IDs apply after you restart ESP Server. You can permanently add and remove a single filter ID, multiple filter IDs or a range of filter IDs to a log file. To apply a permanent filter ID to a trace log 1. Open the espresso.properties file located in the ESP Server installation directory. You can edit the initialization parameter file using your operating system’s text editor. 2. Edit the trace log file’s cybtracelog.filterids field. 3. Recycle ESP Server. Example: Applying permanent tracelog filter IDs A user has permanently added filter IDs to the trace log by modifying the cybtracelog.filterids field of the espresso.properties file. The cybtracelog.targets field specifies the name and location of the trace log affected by the filter IDs. The filter ID change is in bold. cybtracelog.filterids=0,604 cybtracelog.flush=true cybtracelog.targets=<installDir>/Resources/LogFiles/tracelog.txt 100 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 108. Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files Summary of filter IDs The following filter IDs apply to ESP Server. Filter IDs Informational Messages From... 0 Lowest-level messages including exception messages 1 Common library server functions 5 Common library utilities 10 Performing synchronization 11 The publish/subscribe framework (for example, TimerPop) 13 The library database 14 The communication framework 15 Directing Events 17 Processing Email requests 18 Informational messages from administering ESP Server licenses 19 Subscriptions and publications of scheduled Events 33 The Application Registry framework (for internal use only) 37 Communication between the Command Console and ESP Server 47 Relational database actions 48 SNMP handling 501 The Configuration Server 502 Processing Configuration Server parameters 503 Common utilities used by the Configuration Server (for internal use only) 504 Ready for processing regular commands 505 Management for commands entered through the Command Console 506 The communications for the Configuration Server 510 Managing the Configuration Server data sources 511 Configuration Server tag manager (for internal use only) 512 Configuration Server event notification framework used by the tag manager (for internal use only) 514 Messages received from ESP Desktop Client users 515 End of session 526 Input message timings 601 The Scheduler Server 602 Utilities used by the Scheduler Server 603 The Scheduler Server publish/subscribe framework (for internal use only) 604 Errors encountered by processing commands entered from the Command Console 606 Scheduler Server management of Application definitions (Sheet 1 of 3) ESPD-5.0-AG-02 101
  • 109. Section–Summary of filter IDs Filter IDs Informational Messages From... (Continued) 607 Communication framework of the Scheduler Server 610 The Scheduler Server processing TDR definitions 611 Scheduler Server management of Event definitions 612 Scheduler Server management of Calendar definitions 613 Scheduler Server timer framework (for internal use only) 617 Messages accepted by an input conversation 618 Messages queued at the end of a conversation 622 Time publisher status at warm start initialization 626 Input message timings 628 Processing of Alerts 629 Scheduler Server management of scheduled activities 701 ESP Desktop Client 702 Utilities used by the Workstation Server 703 The Command Console 707 Messages exchanged between the ESP Desktop Client and the Workstation Server 708 Informational messages from ESP Desktop Client session subscription 901 The Manager 902 Utilities used by ESP Server Manager 903 Managing the topology 904 The publish/subscribe framework (for example, TimerPop) 905 Managing jobs in the Manager 906 Manager commands entered from ESP Desktop Client 907 Processing commands entered from the Command Console 909 Processing internal commands 910 The communications for the Manager 912 Email notifications from the Manager 914 Processing publish/subscribe criteria (for internal use only) 916 Processing of resource acquisition within the Manager 919 Accepted input messages in a conversation 920 Messages queued to the input queue on exit 922 Workflow objects at warm start initialization 923 Relationship publisher manager at warm start initialization 924 Release publisher manager at warm start initialization 925 Time publisher manager at warm start initialization 926 Output message queue at initialization 927 Output message queue manager destinations (Sheet 2 of 3) 102 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 110. Chapter 6–Handling Cybermation ESP Server Log Files Filter IDs Informational Messages From... (Continued) 928 Input message timings 1001 The Resource Server 1002 The Resource Server Utilities 1005 Communication framework of the Resource Server 1006 Resource Server management of resource definitions 1007 Resource Server resource acquiring/returning processing 1008 Processing commands and state changes in the resource components 1009 Storing and retrieving ESP High Availability/warm-start related status (Sheet 3 of 3) ESPD-5.0-AG-02 103
  • 111. Section–Summary of filter IDs 104 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 112. Administering ESP High Availability This chapter contains the following topics: • ESP High Availability terminology • The ESP High Availability process • Configuring ESP High Availability detection • Changing the type of failback • Switching Primary and Standby roles • Converting to an ESP High Availability installation • Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration • Preventing auto connection to the Standby ESPD-5.0-AG-02 105
  • 113. Section–ESP High Availability terminology ESP High Availability terminology ESP High Availability is the ESP Server failure detection and recovery process for ESP Server. The process involves switching workflow processing from one server (the Primary) to a backup server (the Standby) when a failure occurs on the Primary. The following terms describe ESP High Availability terminology: Primary Primary refers to the ESP Server that currently controls the workflow and interacts with ESP Agents defined in the Topology view to run jobs. Standby Standby refers to the ESP Server that currently runs as a backup server. When ESP High Availability occurs, the Standby becomes the Primary. ESP High Availability recovery ESP High Availability recovery (failback) refers to the workflow control returning to the preferred server. Preferred server You specify which server is the preferred server during the installation. With automatic failback, the preferred server (Preferred) refers to the server peer that becomes the Primary when it starts up. If, after ESP High Availability has occurred, the non-preferred server is Primary and the preferred server starts up, the preferred server becomes the Primary and the non-preferred server becomes the Standby. With manual failback, the preferred server does not take over at start up. You must issue a changerole command for failback to occur. 106 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 114. Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability The ESP High Availability process A typical ESP High Availability configuration, as shown in the diagram below, consists of two ESP Servers installed on separate machines. Both servers use the same relational database management system (RDBMS) and shared file system. During ESP Server startup When an ESP Server starts up, it always begins in Standby mode. During startup, it monitors the other ESP Server. • If the started ESP Server detects that the other server is unavailable, that ESP Server runs as the Primary. • If the started ESP Server detects that the other server is running in Primary mode, the server • Becomes the Primary if it is the preferred server and automatic failback is configured. • Remains as the Standby if it is not the preferred server or automatic failback is not configured. • If the started ESP Server detects that the other server is running in Standby mode (because both servers started at the same time), a vote takes place between the servers to decide which one will become the Primary. In this case, the preferred server becomes the Primary. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 107
  • 115. Section–The ESP High Availability process At any time, you can issue a changerole command from either server to have the servers change modes. After issuing the command, the Primary becomes the Standby and the Standby becomes the Primary. During ESP High Availability detection During normal processing, the Primary runs the workflow and the Standby monitors the Primary for failure. Since the Primary and Standby share the same database, no data replication or extra processing takes place. The Standby monitors the Primary or monitors the database upon monitoring failure. ESP High Availability occurs if either of the following situations occur: • The Primary machine goes down. • ESP Server on the Primary terminates. To determine if failure has occurred, the ESP High Availability detection mechanism uses a dual- stage failure detection process. Stage 1 monitoring: Heartbeat If both servers are running, the Standby periodically contacts the Primary based on the configured heartbeat. If the servers can communicate directly with each other, monitoring continues according to the configured frequency. If the servers cannot communicate directly, stage 2 monitoring takes place. Stage 2 monitoring: Relational database In stage 2 monitoring, ESP Server uses the relational database as the communication method. Since both servers require database access to operate, ESP Server uses the database as the final arbiter to determine whether failure has occurred on the Primary. During stage 2 monitoring, the Primary periodically updates a table in the database. The Standby monitors (polls) this table to verify that the Primary is still active. Before each database poll, the Standby attempts to contact the Primary (stage 1 monitoring). You can configure how often the Primary updates the database and how long before the Standby monitors the database. 108 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 116. Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability If the Standby detects the Primary through updates to the database, ESP High Availability does not occur. The Standby continues to monitor. If the Standby cannot detect the Primary after the specified polling interval, ESP High Availability occurs. During ESP High Availability Assuming the Standby is running at the time of failure, ESP High Availability is automatic. If both stage 1 and stage 2 monitoring fail, ESP High Availability occurs as follows: • The Standby performs a warm start. • The Standby begins running the workflow. • The Standby contacts ESP Agents to inform them to communicate with the server • ESP Server on the Standby sends an SNMP message and email to notify you that the Primary has failed and that the Standby is now running workflow as the Primary. During ESP High Availability recovery After ESP High Availability has occurred, processing can resume on the preferred server once the preferred server restarts. You can configure this failback to be automatic or manual. In automatic failback, once the preferred server restarts, it resumes its role as the Primary. Upon starting, the preferred server sends a changerole request to the current Primary. Upon receiving the change request, the current Primary quiesces the server components and returns to Standby mode. Once the server returns to Standby mode, the preferred server runs as the Primary. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 109
  • 117. Section–Configuring ESP High Availability detection In manual failback, once the preferred server restarts, it runs in Standby mode. You can issue a changerole command to either server. After issuing the changerole command, the current Primary becomes the Standby and the current Standby becomes the Primary. Configuring ESP High Availability detection You can configure ESP High Availability detection using the ESP Desktop Client Topology view. ESP Server uses the ESP High Availability detection settings at the following times: • Upon startup to check whether the each server is running • During normal operation. The Primary processes the workflow and the Standby monitors the Primary. To configure ESP High Availability detection 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. Right-click the ESP Server node and select Configure Shared Parameters. 5. Click the ESP High Availability tab. 6. Enable ESP High Availability by setting the Enable ESP High Availability field to true. 7. Configure these mandatory ESP High Availability settings. • Frequency (in seconds) To Poll Server — The frequency at which the Standby monitors the Primary during stage 1 monitoring (heartbeat method). • Primary Server Frequency (in seconds) To Update Database — The update frequency. This value sets the frequency at which the Primary updates the database (relational database method). • Standby Server Factor To Poll The Database — The polling factor. ESP Server uses this value to compute the polling interval, which is the elapsed time between stage 1 failure and the time the Standby monitors the database. Note: The Primary Server Frequency and the Standby Server Factor to Poll the Database properties work together to determine the polling interval as follows: Polling Interval = Primary Server Frequency x Standby Server Factor to Poll the Database Tip: The polling interval determines the ESP High Availability latency — the time it takes ESP Server to recognize failure has occurred on the Primary and begin to switch to the Standby. You may want to increase the polling interval to give you 110 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 118. Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability time to fix the problem on the Primary. Or you may want to keep the polling interval low to minimize the amount of time ESP Server is down (but increasing the chance ESP High Availability occurs). 8. If desired, set the Enable Automatic Failback to Preferred Server field to true. • With automatic failback, control of the workflow automatically fails back to the preferred server. The non-preferred server becomes the Standby. • With manual failback, you can force control of the workflow to fail back to the other server by issuing a command. 9. Click OK. 10. Recycle ESP Server. Related topic “Recycling the server” on page 20 Changing the type of failback You can change the type of failback from manual to automatic or automatic to manual. Failback can occur at the following times: • When the preferred server starts (or restarts after ESP High Availability) — If failback is automatic, control of the workflow automatically fails back to the preferred server. The non-preferred server becomes the Standby. • At user request — If failback is manual, you can force control of the workflow to fail back to the other server by issuing a command. To change the type of failback 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. Right-click the ESP Server node and select Configure Shared Parameters. 5. Click the ESP High Availability tab. 6. In the Enable Automatic Failback to Preferred Server field, change its value. • true — At startup, the preferred server becomes the Primary. • false — At startup, the preferred server remains the Standby if the non-preferred server is running. 7. Click OK. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 111
  • 119. Section–Switching Primary and Standby roles 8. Recycle ESP Server. Related topic “Recycling the server” on page 20 Switching Primary and Standby roles After you issue the changerole command, the current Primary becomes the Standby and the current Standby becomes the Primary. To change the ESP Server role from Standby to Primary 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: changerole Converting to an ESP High Availability installation This section explains how to convert your existing stand-alone ESP Server installation to an ESP High Availability installation. The process assumes you have one ESP Server instance installed that is not enabled for ESP High Availability, and you are making this instance the Primary. To determine the minimum hardware and system requirements of a Primary and Standby, refer to the Installing Cybermation ESP: dSeries guide. Use that guide to plan the configuration parameters that you need as you follow the steps described in this section. The following sections show two configuration models for ESP High Availability installations. 112 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 120. Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability ESP High Availability configuration 1 In this configuration, you install ESP Server on one machine, which you designate as the preferred server. You install ESP Server again on a different machine. The preferred server acts as the Primary and the second server acts as the Standby. The Primary and Standby use a shared-file system and relational database, which you install on a separate machine. Failover configuration 2 In this configuration, you install ESP Server on one machine, which you designate as the preferred server. You install ESP Server again on a different machine. The preferred server acts as the Primary and the second server acts as the Standby. The ESPD-5.0-AG-02 113
  • 121. Section–Converting to an ESP High Availability installation Primary and Standby use a shared-file system you install on a separate machine. You also install a primary database on its own machine and a standby database on its own machine. Setting up ESP High Availability Complete these tasks to convert your existing installation to a ESP High Availability installation. Step Activity Page 9 1. Check the ESP High Availability requirements. 114 2. Stop ESP Server. 115 3. Set up a shared-file system. 115 4. Set up your Primary. 115 5. Start the Primary. 116 6. Install the Standby. 116 7. Start the Standby. 117 Check the ESP High Availability requirements If you are configuring ESP High Availability, install the Standby on a different machine than the Primary. The Standby machine’s system requirements are the same as the Primary machine’s. 114 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 122. Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability The system clocks on the two machines must be within 500 milliseconds of each other. Note: The systems synchronize when you connect them to a time server. You can also check if the systems are synchronized by connecting to each one and checking the time. If you install the Primary and Standby in different time zones, in an ESP High Availability situation ESP Server might run workload twice or skip scheduled jobs. To prevent this problem, ensure the Primary and Standby use the same time zone. You can only install one pair of primary and standby servers per ESP High Availability configuration. Stop ESP Server Before stopping ESP Server, ensure that no jobs are currently running or active on the ESP Server instance you want to configure as your Primary. Set up a shared-file system ESP Server uses a shared file system for ESP High Availability configurations. The shared file system stores PSE Pro Object Database files. Have your System or Network Administrator set up the shared file system required by the Primary and Standby. When you install, both ESP Servers require access to this shared file system. Ensure the user accounts under which the Primary and Standby run have access to this shared location on the network. Note: On average, a size of 10GB should be adequate for the shared file system. Set up your Primary 1. Start the ESP Server installation program on your Primary machine. 2. Use the following table to guide you through the installation of the Primary. Install Section Value to use Installation Path ESP Server installation directory of the server you want to designate as Primary Existing Cybermation ESP Server Installation Choose I want to reinstall ESP Server and preserve my existing configuration. Select Backup Option Select Yes to backup your existing installation. Choose Backup Folder Enter your backup folder or accept the default. Configure database Select No. ESP High Availability Select Yes. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 115
  • 123. Section–Converting to an ESP High Availability installation 3. When Local Server with ESP High Availability appears, do the following: • To designate this ESP Server as the Primary, select Preferred Server. • Enter a port number, if different than the default, and the path to your shared directory. Record these values to use when you install the Standby. Field Your Value Peer Server Manager Port Shared Directory 4. When Failback Type appears, choose whether to enable automatic failback. 5. When ESP High Availability Settings, specify new settings or accept the defaults. 6. Complete the remainder of the installation. Related topics • For more information on the installation program, refer to the Installing Cybermation ESP: dSeries guide. • To understand automatic failback, see “Changing the type of failback” on page 111. • To understand the ESP High Availability detection settings, see “Configuring ESP High Availability detection” on page 110. Start the Primary The Primary and Standby share a file that stores the shared properties used by the two servers. To transfer the shared properties to the database, you must start the Primary before you install the Standby. Install the Standby Install a second instance of ESP Server to serve as the Standby in your ESP High Availability configuration. To install the Standby 1. Start the ESP Server installation program on your Standby machine. 2. When you are prompted to configure ESP High Availability, select Y. 3. When Local Server with ESP High Availability appears, do the following: • To designate this ESP Server as the Standby, ensure the Standby option is selected. • For the Peer Server Manager Port, enter the value you set for the Primary. Refer to the value you recorded. • For the Shared Directory, enter the path to your shared directory. 116 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 124. Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability 4. Complete the remainder of the installation. 5. When the installation is complete, ensure you have replaced your temporary license. Start the Standby Start the Standby. Your Primary should already be started. Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration This section assumes you have successfully started both the Primary and Standby and your default ESP Agent is running. To verify the ESP High Availability configuration, complete the following steps. Step Activity Page 9 1. Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Primary. 117 2. Start the SNMP Message Viewer. 117 3. Change the Primary and Standby roles. 118 4. Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Standby (now acting as Primary). 118 Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Primary 1. Using ESP Desktop Client, connect to the Primary. 2. Using the Services perspective, open the Event view and trigger the CYBERMATION.VERIFY Event. 3. Using the Monitor perspective, view the generation of the VERIFY Application. The Application should complete successfully. Start the SNMP Message Viewer To verify that the Primary and Standby have changed roles, you need to start the SNMP Trap Receiver. 1. If not connected, connect to the Primary using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. 4. Click the Start SNMP receiver icon. The Start SNMP Trap Receiver and Set Port dialog appears. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 117
  • 125. Section–Verifying the ESP High Availability configuration 5. In the Port Number field, enter the port number and click OK. The SNMP Message Viewer begins capturing SNMP messages. Change the Primary and Standby roles 1. If not connected, connect to the Primary using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: changerole 5. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. Check the SNMP messages to verify that the Standby has become the Primary. Related topics For more information on SNMP ESP High Availability messages, see “About SNMP messages” on page 122. Trigger and monitor the VERIFY Application on the Standby (now acting as Primary) 1. After the servers complete changing roles, connect to the Standby (now acting as Primary). 2. Using the Services perspective, open the Event view and trigger the CYBERMATION.VERIFY Event. 3. Using the Monitor perspective, subscribe with no filter so you can see active Applications. If you see the two completed generations of the VERIFY Application (triggered on the Primary and Standby machines), you have successfully enabled ESP High Availability. 4. To revert to the Primary (now acting as the Standby), use the Command Console to issue another changerole command. 118 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 126. Chapter 7–Administering ESP High Availability Preventing auto connection to the Standby When the Primary fails over in an ESP High Availability installation, by default ESP Desktop Client will automatically connect to the Standby. ESP Desktop Client notifies you of the switch from the Primary to Standby through a message in its Console View; otherwise, the switch is transparent. You can set an option that allows you to connect to a different ESP Server when the Primary fails. This feature is useful if, for example, you are using manual failback and want to switch to a specific server. To prevent auto connection to the Standby 1. In the Connections view, right-click the Primary connection and select Connect. The Connect to ESP dialog appears. 2. Select the Prevent auto-connect on failover option. Tip: If the option isn’t visible, click Details. 3. To connect to a different server, enter the address and port number for that server. 4. Enter the password and click OK. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 119
  • 127. Section–Preventing auto connection to the Standby 120 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 128. Monitoring SNMP Messages You can use the SNMP Message Viewer to view SNMP messages regarding ESP Server, ESP Agents, ESP High Availability, and Alerts. This chapter contains the following topics: • About SNMP messages • Interpreting SNMP messages • Changing the SNMP Manager settings • Using third-party SNMP Managers • Enabling SNMP messages from ESP System Agents • Receiving SNMP messages • Stopping the SNMP trap receiver • Working with the SNMP Message Viewer ESPD-5.0-AG-02 121
  • 129. Section–About SNMP messages About SNMP messages ESP Server and SNMP-enabled ESP Agents use SNMP messages to notify users of their activity. These messages can inform you of server startups and shutdowns, ESP Agent inactivity or shutdown, and ESP High Availability messages. To handle SNMP messages, you can configure the ESP Server default SNMP Message Viewer or a different SNMP Manager. ESP Server sends an SNMP trap to the SNMP Message Viewer or SNMP Manager you configured • Each time ESP Server starts or stops. • Each time an ESP Agent starts or stops. • When the Standby reaches the maximum number of consecutive, unsuccessful polling attempts in an ESP High Availability-enabled configuration, indicating a possible problem with ESP Server. ESP Server can also generate user-defined SNMPmessages. For example, when a Cybermation ESP job meets predefined criteria (such as the job starting, ending or ending with a specific completion code), ESP Server can send an SNMP message to the default SNMP Message Viewer or any SNMP Manager. Note: If you are configuring the ESP High Availability Option, Cybermation recommends you configure SNMP. If you are using a third-party SNMP Manager, you can import a Management Information Base (MIB) description file that defines the format the SNMP Manager uses. Interpreting SNMP messages The SNMP Message Viewer displays information in the following fields: • Host Name • Parameter 2 • Host IP Address • Parameter 3 • Time Stamp • Parameter 4 • Specific • Parameter 5 • Parameter 1 Host Name Host Name displays the host name of the machine where the Cybermation ESP product is installed. 122 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 130. Chapter 8–Monitoring SNMP Messages Host IP Address Host IP Address displays the IP address of the machine where the Cybermation ESP product is installed. Time Stamp Time Stamp displays the date and time the SNMP Message Viewer captured the message. Specific Specific indicates the type of SNMP message. 2 generally indicates a startup message. In an ESP High Availability installation, 2 can indicate a stage 2 failure. 4 generally indicates a shutdown message or ESP Agent inactivity. In an ESP High Availability installation, 4 can indicate a stage 1 failure or an ESP Server role change. Parameter 1 Parameter 1 indicates the Cybermation product name. Parameter 2 Parameter 2 indicates the Cybermation product version and build number. Parameter 3 Parameter 3 can indicate the following: • ESP Server ID of the server that started, shutdown, or changed role • ESP Agent name that started, shutdown or is inactive Parameter 4 Parameter 4 indicates the IP address of the machine where the SNMP Manager is installed and the port number the machine uses to receive SNMP messages. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 123
  • 131. Section–Changing the SNMP Manager settings Parameter 5 Parameter 5 can indicate the following: • Primary, Standby, or Standalone indicates the startup of ESP Server and its role. • Stopped indicates ESP Server has shut down. • Started, Shutdown, or Inactive indicates the state of an ESP Agent. • Stage 1 Failure or Stage 2 Failed indicates the ESP High Availability detection stage. • Running as Primary or Running as Standby indicates the ESP Server role in an ESP High Availability installation. Changing the SNMP Manager settings The ESP Server installation program prompts for SNMP Manager settings. If you did not configure SNMP during installation and want to enable SNMP, you need to update the topology by modifying the SNMP Manager settings. You can configure the settings for third-party SNMP Managers such as HP Openview. To modify the SNMP Manager settings 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. Right-click the ESP Server node and select Configure Shared Parameters. 5. Click the SNMP tab. 6. Modify the SNMP settings. • Host address of SNMP Manager — The machine the SNMP Manager is installed on. Specify the IP address in dotted-decimal or host name format. • *Input port of SNMP Manager — The port number the SNMP Manager uses to capture SNMP messages. The default is 162. • Community of SNMP Manager — The SNMP Manager you are using determines how messages are sent through your network. Specify public or private. • Also send emails for SNMP messages — Specifies whether you want to receive SNMP messages in email format. The default is false. 7. When you are finished making changes, click OK. 8. Recycle ESP Server. 124 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 132. Chapter 8–Monitoring SNMP Messages Using third-party SNMP Managers If you use a third-party SNMP Manager, for example HP Openview, you can import a Management Information Base (MIB) description file that defines the format the SNMP Manager uses. The name of this file is cybermib.txt. On UNIX, for example, you will find this file in the following directory: <installDir>/Shared/ Resources/snmp where • <installDir> represents your ESP Server installation directory • <sharedDir> represents your ESP Server directory on the shared file system The directory path on Windows is the same. If you want to change the SNMP settings you entered during installation, such as to use a different SNMP Manager or port number, you need to update the topology by modifying the SNMP Manager settings. If you plan to use a Release 5 ESP System Agent or higher to relay SNMP data, you also need to update the ESP Agent’s agentparm.txt file to reflect the changes. Enabling SNMP messages from ESP System Agents This section only applies to Release 5 and higher ESP System Agents that have not been configured for SNMP during their installation. If you plan to use an ESP System Agent to relay SNMP data, you must complete the following steps: 1. Enable ESP Agent to send SNMP traps and notifications. a. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. b. Open the Admin perspective. c. Open the Topology view. d. Right-click the ESP Agent you want to configure and select View Properties. e. On the Properties tab, set the SNMP Enabled parameter value to true. f. To save your changes, click Update. 2. Edit the ESP Agent’s agentparm.txt file to provide values for the following parameters: plugins.start_internal_N=management management.snmp.mibfile= management.snmp.host= management.snmp.port= management.snmp.community= ESPD-5.0-AG-02 125
  • 133. Section–Receiving SNMP messages Related documentation For more detailed instructions on changing a parameter to enable ESP Agent to send SNMP traps, see “Modifying ESP Agent configuration parameters” on page 55. For more information about ESP System Agent parameters in the agentparm.txt file • For Release 5 ESP System Agents, see Installing Release 5 ESP System Agents. • For Release 6 ESP System Agents and higher versions, see the ESP System Agent Administrator’s Guide for the respective release. Receiving SNMP messages To start receiving SNMP messages 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. 4. Click the Start SNMP receiver icon. The Start SNMP message receiver and set port dialog appears. 5. Enter the port number for the SNMP Manager and click OK. Tip: To find the SNMP Manager’s port number, open the Topology view, click the Server Shared Parameters > SNMP tab, and check the Input port of SNMP Manager field. Stopping the SNMP trap receiver Stopping the SNMP trap receiver disables the SNMP Message Viewer’s ability to capture SNMP messages. Once stopped, however, you can still view and edit saved messages. To stop the SNMP trap receiver, click the Stop SNMP receiver icon. 126 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 134. Chapter 8–Monitoring SNMP Messages Working with the SNMP Message Viewer Use the icons on the SNMP Message Viewer’s toolbar to save, open, clear and print messages. Saving SNMP messages You can save SNMP messages and work with them later. You can save the messages in SNMP Message Viewer (.msg) format or in text (.txt) format. Opening SNMP messages If the SNMP trap receiver is running, you cannot open saved SNMP messages. You must stop the receiver before you can open a file. Using the SNMP Message Viewer, you can only open SNMP message files saved in the .msg format. Clearing messages from the SNMP Message Viewer You can remove selected messages from the SNMP Message Viewer or clear all messages from it. • To clear selected messages, use the Remove message icon. • To clear all messages, use the Clear table icon. Tip: You can hold down the Shift key to select a range of messages, or hold down the Ctrl key to select several different messages at once. Printing SNMP messages You can print SNMP messages as they appear on your screen or you can preview and modify the messages in text format before printing them. To view the SNMP messages in text format before printing them 1. Open the SNMP Message Viewer. 2. Click the Print Preview icon. The messages display in text format. In text format, you can • Use the Ctrl+C shortcut to copy the text from the log. For example, you may want to paste the text into another document. • Edit the displayed text. Any changes will not be saved and do not affect the information in the SNMP message log itself. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 127
  • 135. Section–Working with the SNMP Message Viewer 128 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 136. Working with the ESP Server Database This chapter contains the following topics: • About your ESP Server database • Changing the database connectivity properties ESPD-5.0-AG-02 129
  • 137. Section–About your ESP Server database About your ESP Server database ESP Server uses the database for ESP High Availability, history reporting, and resource management. Note: For configuration and administration instructions, refer to the product documentation supplied by your database vendor. ESP High Availability In an ESP High Availability installation, both the Primary and Standby share the same database. If the Primary goes down, the Standby takes over using the same database. If the Primary database goes down, you can connect ESP Server to a different database. History reporting The database stores workflow information in its tables. You can use the database to inspect the workflow information and produce detailed reports on workflow. Resource management The database stores the state of all defined resources, such as availability and activation states. ESP Server uses this information to initialize the state of these resources during a warm start. Related documentation • For more information about ESP High Availability, refer to chapter 7. • For more information about history reporting and resource management, refer to the Cybermation ESP: dSeries User’s Guide. 130 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 138. Chapter 9–Working with the ESP Server Database Changing the database connectivity properties You can change the following database connectivity properties using the setdbparm utility. Property name Description database.maxconnections.allowed The maximum number of database connections (connection pool) available to Espresso. Applications request a connection, perform a database operation, and then return the connection back to the pool. If no connection is available, the application waits until another a connection gets returned to the pool. Oracle can accept up to 300 connections. The default is 50. database.minconnection The number of database connections (connection pool) available to ESP Server when it starts. Based on demand, ESP Server will add new connections to the connection pool, up to the maximum specified by the database.maxconnections.allowed property. jdbc.Driver The name of the JDBC driver ESP Server is using to access the RDBMS jdbc.URL The database URL, for example jdbc:oracle:thin:@<host>:<port1521>:<sid> rdbms.password The password of the user ESP Server uses to access the ESP database Note: If your ESP Server database password and Oracle user password don’t match, ESP Server won’t be able to connect to the database. rdbms.type The type of relational database ESP Server uses rdbms.userid The user ID ESP Server uses to access the ESP database relational.database.retry.attempts The number of times the ESP Server attempts to connect to the relational database relational.database.retry.interval The frequency in seconds at which the Espresso Server attempts to connect to the relational database. The default is 60 seconds. Note: You should coordinate changes to your database with your database administrator. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 131
  • 139. Section–Changing the database connectivity properties To change the database connectivity properties 1. Run the setdbparm utility, which is located in the <installDir>/ Utilities directory. • On UNIX: enter the following command at the prompt: setdbparm property • On Windows, enter the following command at the prompt: setdbparm.bat property where property specifies the database property you want to change. 2. At the prompt, enter the new value for the parameter you want to change. 3. Recycle ESP Server. 132 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 140. Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures This chapter provides maintenance procedures for ESP Server and ESP Agents. The procedures are grouped into the following sections: • Setting up a housekeeping Application • ESP Server maintenance • ESP Agent maintenance ESPD-5.0-AG-02 133
  • 141. Section–Setting up a housekeeping Application Setting up a housekeeping Application ESP Desktop Client is packaged with a sample Application, named housekeeping, that contains the following jobs: • CLEANUP removes log files, spool files, and .odb files that accumulate over time • PURGE_COMPLETED clears completed jobs from the ESP Server completed jobs repository If you are working in a UNIX environment, you can modify and schedule this Application to perform routine maintenance of your ESP Server. Note: For Windows environments, use the housekeeping Application as a model and change the job types to Windows. To use the housekeeping Application 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Use the Define perspective to open the housekeeping Application, located in the ESP Desktop Client <installDir>/SampleApplications directory. 3. Edit the details for each job as follows. 134 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 142. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures Note: You can also add new jobs to run your own scripts. • CLEANUP Agent name — Enter the name of your default ESP Agent installed with ESP Server. Run frequency — Enter your schedule criteria. The default is run anyday. Script/command name — Enter the path to the cleanup utility provided with ESP Server. This utility is located in the <installDir>/Utilities directory. Arguments to pass — Enter the maximum age of the files you want to delete in days. For example if you enter 7, the cleanup utility deletes files that are older than 7 days. For more information about the cleanup utility, see “Performing an automated cleanup of ESP Server” on page 136. • PURGE_COMPLETED Agent name — Enter the name of your default ESP Agent installed with ESP Server. Run frequency — Enter your schedule criteria. The default is run anyday. Script/command name — Enter the path to the appcmd utility provided with ESP Server. This utility is located in the <installDir>/Utilities directory. Arguments to pass — Enter the following parameters separated by a space: host, port, username, password, and the completedjobs purge appcmd. For example espressop 7500 CLUSER cluser -appcmd "completedjobs purge olderthan(now less 4 days)" For more information about the appcmd utility, see “Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository” on page 152. 4. To schedule the Application, open the default Date-Time/Manual Event and edit the run frequency. 5. Upload the Application to the server. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 135
  • 143. Section–ESP Server maintenance ESP Server maintenance Related topics The following maintenance procedures apply to ESP Server: • “Performing an automated cleanup of ESP Server” on page 136 • “Resetting Application generations” on page 137 • “Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository” on page 138 • “Archiving server log files” on page 139 • “Clearing console.txt backup files” on page 140 • “Clearing server log files” on page 141 • “Clearing server.log files (UNIX systems only)” on page 143 Performing an automated cleanup of ESP Server You can run the cleanup utility to remove the following files and folders that accumulate over time: • Default ESP Agent log files and spool files • ESP Server log files located in the <installDir>/Resources/LogFiles directory • On UNIX installations, the ESP Server log files located in the <installDir>/ MonitorAndStatus directory • On stand-alone ESP Server installations, the time-stamped object databases (.odb) files located in the <installDir>/Shared/Resources/Database directory, for example the script deletes dmmain.200509081013909.odb but not dmmain.odb To perform an automated cleanup of ESP Server Run the cleanup utility, which is located in the <installDir>/Utilities directory. • On UNIX: enter the following command at the prompt: cleanup.sh n • On Windows, enter the following command at the prompt: cleanup.bat n where n specifies the maximum age of the files in days. For example, if you enter cleanup.bat 9, the cleanup utility deletes files that are older than 9 days. The cleanup process may take some time depending on the number of files it must remove. 136 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 144. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures Resetting Application generations As ESP Server processes workflow, Application generations continue to increase. You can reset a single Application generation or all Application generations by issuing the resetgen application command using the Command Console. To reset Application generations 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: resetgen application(app_name) app_name is the name of the Application you want to reset, such as application(PAYROLL). Use * to reset all Application generations to 0. ESP Server returns an error if the Application is active (not completed). Complete the Application and re-enter the command. If the Application is complete, ESP Server purges all completed generations and resets the generation count to 0. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 137
  • 145. Section–ESP Server maintenance Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository As ESP Server runs, it collects information about active and completed jobs. Your ESP Server relational database stores this information in two tables: ESP_WSS_APPL and ESP_WSS_JOB. To maintain performance, you must periodically clear these tables. The following describes the options for clearing completed jobs: completedjobs purge [olderthan(schedule_expression)] [application(app_name[.gen_num])] Keyword Description none ESP Server purges all completed jobs. olderthan (schedule_expression) Optional. Purges all jobs older than the schedule expression. The schedule expression resolves to a single time. For example, the expression "now less 24 hours" resolves to a time 24 hours before the time you issue this command. This command is only active at the time you issue it. If you specify a future time, you purge all completed jobs. Note: If the schedule expression resolves to a day, ESP Server uses the implicit time of midnight. application (app_name[.gen_num]) Optional. Purges all completed jobs or specified generations of the named Application. For example, if you specify 5, you purge the completed jobs in generations 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the named Application. If you use the keyword olderthan with the keyword application, you purge only those completed jobs in the Application generations that meet the schedule criteria. For example, if you specify the Application name VERIFY and a schedule expression of "now less than 24 hours", you purge all completed jobs in all generations of the Application VERIFY that are 24 hours old or older. Recommended frequency Clear the ESP Server completed jobs repository after 10,000 jobs have completed. Example: Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository This example purges all applications older than 24 hours. 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 138 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 146. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 4. Enter the following command: completedjobs purge olderthan(now less 24 hours) Archiving server log files By default, ESP Server automatically archives the trace and AFM logs. If you run extremely heavy workflow, you might consider changing the default frequency for the automatic archive, or you might want to perform a manual archive. Note: ESP Server creates a new audit log every day. You cannot change this behavior. Log files constantly increase in size because ESP Server continually writes to them. To reduce the amount of information stored in these files, ESP Server performs an automatic archive, or rotation, of all its log files. This automatic-archive process reduces clutter in the active log files by creating a new log file on a frequent basis. ESP Server stores the new file in the <installDir>/Resources/LogFiles (UNIX) or <installDir>ResourcesLogFiles (Windows) directory, with a timestamp indicating when ESP Server archived the file. ESP Server then clears the active log file and continues logging new information to this file. You can also archive active trace and AFM log files manually using the Command Console. Automatically archiving log files ESP Server uses the Log rotation frequency parameter to control the automatic-archive frequency of the trace and AFM log files. By default, ESP Server uses "midnight", which means that ESP Server automatically archives all log files every day at midnight. To change the automatic-archive frequency, reset the Log rotation frequency parameter using simple scheduling statements, for example, "12 am monday" or "every 3 hours". To change the automatic-archive frequency 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the tree view, right-click the ESP Server node and select Configuration Parameters > Shared Parameters. 5. In the Log rotation frequency field, enter a new frequency, for example, "every 3 hours". 6. Click OK. 7. Recycle the ESP Server. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 139
  • 147. Section–ESP Server maintenance Manually archiving active log files The spin command archives the contents of an active trace or AFM log file into a new file. To archive an active log file 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: logname spin where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). For example, if you want to archive the active trace log, enter the following command: tracelog spin Clearing console.txt backup files If you use the Command Utilities packaged with ESP Server, each console command creates a console.txt backup file that is date- and time-stamped, for example, console.20040919163018.txt. ESP Server stores these console.txt files in the directory you issue the command from. Over time, these files accumulate and you will need to clear them. To clear the console.txt backup files • On UNIX, at the command prompt, type rm console.*.txt where the asterisk (*) is a timestamp wildcard. • On Windows, delete the console.*.txt files. 140 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 148. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures Clearing server log files In addition to archiving log files, you can permanently delete or clear trace or AFM log files. You can set a parameter in ESP Server to automatically clear log files at a specific archive frequency. You can also clear active log files manually using the Command Console. Automatically clearing log files ESP Server uses the Clear logs after rotation parameter to control the clearing, or deleting, of server log files. The default for clearing log files is false, which means ESP Server does not delete logs after rotation; ESP Server backs up each log file using the name of the log file and the current time. To automatically clear log files 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Topology view. 4. In the tree view, right-click the ESP Server node and select Initialization Parameters > Shared Parameters. 5. Set the value of the Clear logs after rotation parameter to true. After a warm start, ESP Server deletes the server log files at the frequency specified by the Log rotation frequency parameter. 6. Click OK. 7. Recycle ESP Server. Manually clearing log files The purge command clears the contents of the active or archived trace or AFM log file. The following describes the options for manually clearing a log file. logname purge[(archived|all)] Keyword Description logname Name of the log • tracelog — trace log • afmlog — AFM log ESPD-5.0-AG-02 141
  • 149. Section–ESP Server maintenance Keyword Description purge Clears the active log file purge(archived) Removes the archived log files Note: If you change the log file name after archiving, this command only removes the files archived after the name change. purge(all) Clears the active log file and removes the archived log files Note: If you change the log file name after archiving, this command removes the files archived after the name change. To clear the active log file 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: logname purge where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). For example, if you want to clear the active trace log file, enter the following command: tracelog purge To clear the archived log files 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: logname purge(archived) where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). For example, if you want to clear the archived AFM log file, enter the following command: afmlog purge(archived) To clear the active log file and its archived log files 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 142 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 150. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: logname purge(all) where logname is the type of a valid log file (tracelog or afmlog). For example, if you want to clear the active AFM log file, enter the following command: afmlog purge(all) Clearing server.log files (UNIX systems only) Each time you recycle ESP Server, the server backs up its server.log file. Recycling the server routinely causes server.log files to accumulate. You need to clear these files manually. To clear server.log files 1. Change to your ESP Server installation directory. 2. Change to the MonitorAndStatus directory cd MonitorAndStatus 3. At the command prompt, type rm server.*.log where the asterisk (*) is a timestamp wildcard. ESP Agent maintenance Related topics The following maintenance procedures apply to ESP Agents: • “Clearing ESP Agent log files manually” on page 144 • “Configuring ESP Agent to clear spool files automatically” on page 144 • “Clearing UNIX spool files using scripts” on page 145 • “Clearing Windows spool files using the clearspool command” on page 147 • “Clearing Agent nohup files (V2 UNIX Agents only)” on page 147 ESP Agent keeps a set of logs that you must clear periodically to maintain disk space availability. The log files contain records of all messages between ESP Agent and the Cybermation Host as well as internal messages. These files are located in the log directory by default and are updated continually while ESP Agent is running. The types and number of logs that are generated depend on the log.level parameter set in the agentparm.txt file. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 143
  • 151. Section–ESP Agent maintenance You can clear the log files automatically or manually. Clearing ESP Agent log files manually Use the agentmsg control command to manually clear all log files on ESP Agent, both active and archived, with the extension .log. 1. Connect to ESP Server using ESP Desktop Client. 2. Open the Admin perspective. 3. Open the Command Console. 4. Enter the following command: agentmsg control agentname(agentname) clrfiles agentname is the name of the ESP Agent whose log files you want to clear. Configuring ESP Agent to clear spool files automatically By default, ESP Agent does not clear the spool files. You can configure ESP Agent to automatically clear the spool files regularly by modifying the agentparm.txt file. 1. Enable the spool file cleaner (off by default). runnerplugin.spool.clean.enable=true 2. Specify the file expiration time. ESP Agent deletes spool files that are older than this value. The default is 10D (10 days). runnerplugin.spool.expire=<n><D|H|M|S> where n is the time period and • D — Days • H — Hours • M — Minutes • S — Seconds You cannot specify combinations of time periods. For example, 12D3H is not valid. If you specify a number only, ESP Agent assumes days by default. 144 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 152. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures 3. Specify the sleep interval. At every interval, ESP Agent checks for spool files that meet the expiration time and deletes them. The default is 1D (1 day). runnerplugin.spool.sleep=<n><D|H|M|S> where n is the time period and • D — Days • H — Hours • M — Minutes • S — Seconds You cannot specify combinations of time periods. For example, 12D3H is not valid. If you specify a number only, ESP Agent assumes days by default. Note: If this value is greater than the runnerplugin.spool.expire value, ESP Agent ignores this value and checks the spool files at intervals specified by the runnerplugin.spool.expire value. Example: Deleting spool files older than 10 days The following ESP Agent parameters configure ESP Agent to check the spool files every 36 hours and delete spool files that are older than 10 days. runnerplugin.spool.clean.enable=true runnerplugin.spool.expire=10D runnerplugin.spool.sleep=36H Example: Checking spool files when the sleep interval is greater than the file expiration time Given the following parameters, ESP Agent ignores the two hour sleep interval set by runnerplugin.spool.sleep. ESP Agent checks the spool files every 50 minutes and deletes spool files that are older than 50 minutes as specified by runnerplugin.spool.expire. runnerplugin.spool.clean.enable=true runnerplugin.spool.expire=50M runnerplugin.spool.sleep=2H Clearing UNIX spool files using scripts You can clear UNIX spool files periodically using the clearspool and deldirifempty (delete directory if empty) scripts. 1. Create the clearspool and deldirifempty scripts. 2. Schedule the clearspool script using Cybermation ESP, or run it manually. The clearspool script deletes files that meet certain modification time criteria. If the spool files are completely cleared, the clearspool script calls ESPD-5.0-AG-02 145
  • 153. Section–ESP Agent maintenance deldirifempty. The deldirifempty script deletes empty directories within the spool directory. If you run clearspool from a Telnet session, ensure you switch to the directory containing the spool files. If you used the defaults when installing ESP Agent, the spool directory is called spool. The clearspool script assumes the spool directory is called spool in the current directory. If not, supply the full directory path name in the environment variable SPOOL. Creating the clearspool and deldirifempty scripts The following are sample scripts. You can have other file maintenance procedures. 1. Create a script called clearspool that contains the following code: #! /bin/ksh if [[ -z $SPOOL ]] then SPOOL=./spool fi find $SPOOL -type f -mtime +n -exec rm {} ; find $SPOOL -depth -type d -exec /bin/ksh /script_path/ deldirifempty {} ; • mtime n specifies the age of the files to be deleted, where • +n — deletes files last modified more than n days. • n — deletes file last modified exactly n days ago. • -n — deletes files last modified less than n days ago. Note: Put this script in the same directory as the cybAgent binary. Otherwise, specify the full path for SPOOL. You cannot specify a symbolic-linked directory for the SPOOL path. 2. Create the script called deldirifempty that contains the following code: #!/bin/ksh Dir=$(ls -A $1) if [[ -z $Dir ]] then echo "deleting directory $1" rmdir $1 else echo "$1 is not empty" fi 146 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 154. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures Example: Deleting files modified yesterday or earlier In the following example, mtime is specified as +1 to delete files that were last modified at least one day ago. The clearspool script then calls the deldirifempty script, which deletes any empty spool subdirectories. #!/bin/ksh if [[ -z $SPOOL ]] then SPOOL=/AgentDirectory/spool fi find $SPOOL –type f –mtime +1 –exec rm {} ; find $SPOOL –depth –type d -exec /bin/ksh /script_path/ deldirifempty {} ; Note: $SPOOL cannot be symbolic-linked directories. Clearing Windows spool files using the clearspool command You can clear Windows spool files with the clearspool command. Use clearspool in one of two ways: • Schedule clearspool to run periodically in a Cybermation ESP Application • Run clearspool manually by issuing the clearspool command from the Windows command prompt Running the clearspool command manually 1. Define the ESPAGENTDIR environment variable with the path to the ESP Agent directory. The ESP Agent directory must contain a valid agentparm.txt file. 2. At the command prompt, enter the clearspool command. Example: Clearing spool files older than five days This command deletes all files older than five days. clearspool 5 Example: Displaying debugging messages This command deletes all files older than 10 days and displays debugging messages to the command prompt as it runs. clearspool 10 debug Clearing Agent nohup files (V2 UNIX Agents only) This procedure applies to Version 2 UNIX Agents. When you use nohup as part of the command to start the V2 Agent, the Agent creates a timestamped nohup file to ESPD-5.0-AG-02 147
  • 155. Section–ESP Agent maintenance back up its console messages. If you recycle the Agents routinely, nohup files will accumulate in the Agent directory. You will need to clear the Agent nohup files manually. Note: In newer versions of the UNIX Agent, the Agent stores the console messages in its log files. When you use nohup as part of the command to start the Agent, the Agent creates one nohup file. However, this nohup is empty, so there is no need to clear it. To clear UNIX Agent nohup files 1. Change to the Agent directory you want to clear. 2. At the command prompt, type rm nohup.*.out where * is a timestamp wildcard. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each Agent. 148 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 156. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures ESPD-5.0-AG-02 149
  • 157. Section–ESP Agent maintenance 150 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 158. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures ESPD-5.0-AG-02 151
  • 159. Section–ESP Agent maintenance 152 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 160. Chapter 10–Cybermation ESP: dSeries Maintenance Procedures ESPD-5.0-AG-02 153
  • 161. Section–ESP Agent maintenance 154 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 162. Command Console Commands This chapter describes the commands you can enter from the Command Console and how to issue appcmds using the Command Utility. This chapter contains the following topics: • Command definitions and syntax • Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility ESPD-5.0-AG-02 155
  • 163. Section–Command definitions and syntax Command definitions and syntax The Command Console commands are grouped into four categories: ESP Agent commands, log commands, ESP Server commands, and workflow commands. ESP Agent commands Note: In an ESP High Availability configuration, you can only issue the following commands on the Primary. Command Description Syntax Related Topics agent Issues an ESP Agent control command agent agentname(agentname) flush|restart|quiesce • “Clearing ESP Agent receiver messages” on page 59 • “Resuming message sending to an ESP Agent” on page 59 • “Holding ESP Agent receiver messages” on page 59 agentmsg control Issues an ESP Agent control command agentmsg control agentname(agentname) shutdown|refresh|clrfiles • “Shutting down an ESP Agent” on page 58 • “Clearing ESP Agent receiver messages” on page 59 • “Clearing ESP Agent log files manually” on page 144 In the syntax column • Italic indicates a variable. • A vertical bar "|" indicates that you must specify either the keyword to the left of the bar or the keyword to the right of the bar. Log commands Command Description Syntax Related Topics afmlog filterid Applies filter ID numbers to the ESP Server active AFM log afmlog filterid(nnn) “Applying temporary tracelog filter IDs” on page 99 afmlog purge Clears the ESP Server AFM logs afmlog purge[(archived|all)] “Clearing server log files” on page 141 afmlog spin Archives the ESP Server active AFM log afmlog spin “Archiving server log files” on page 139 156 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 164. Chapter 11–Command Console Commands Command Description Syntax Related Topics auditlog export Creates an audit log in Comma Separated Values (CSF) format and a report in html format auditlog export path(directory_path) name(name) [startdate(yyyyMMdd)] [enddate(yyyyMMdd)] “Creating an audit log report” on page 98 display afmlog Displays the location and file name of the ESP Server AFM log display afmlog display auditlog Displays the location and file name of the ESP Server audit log display auditlog display tracelog Displays the location and file name of the ESP Server trace log display tracelog tracelog filterid Applies filter ID numbers to the ESP Server active trace log tracelog filterid(nnn) “Applying temporary tracelog filter IDs” on page 99 tracelog purge Clears the ESP Server trace log tracelog purge[(archived|all)] “Clearing server log files” on page 141 tracelog spin Archives the ESP Server active trace log tracelog spin “Archiving server log files” on page 139 In the syntax column • Italic indicates a variable. • A vertical bar "|" indicates that you must specify either the keyword to the left of the bar or the keyword to the right of the bar. • A pair of square brackets "[ ]" enclosing a keyword indicates that the keyword is optional. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 157
  • 165. Section–Command definitions and syntax ESP Server commands Command Description Syntax Related Topics about Shows the ESP Server version and build number, as well as a list of users connected to ESP Server about “Viewing a list of users changerole Changes the ESP Server ESP High Availability role changerole “Switching Primary and countlist Lists the total number of each ESP artifact type in your system. ESP artifact types are Agents, Alerts, Applications, Calendars, Events, Forecasts, Groups, JavaScripts, Resources, and Users. countlist “Viewing a list of artifacts in the licensestatus Displays the total number of licenses available, the number of licenses in use, and the temporary licenses’ expiry date licensestatus “Viewing your license status” on memcheck Displays the total free memory and maximum heap size memcheck “Checking the server memory stop Stops the ESP Server stop “Stopping ESP Server using the In the syntax column, italic indicates a variable. connected to the server” on page 12 Standby roles” on page 112 system” on page 25 page 26 usage” on page 25 Command Console” on page 21 158 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 166. Chapter 11–Command Console Commands workflow commands Note: In an ESP High Availability configuration, you can only issue the following commands on the Primary. Command Description Syntax Related Topics completedjobs purge Purges completed jobs • All jobs • Those job older than a scheduled time • A particular generation and its predecessors completedjobs purge [olderthan(schedule_expres sion)] [application(app_name.[ge n_num])] “Clearing the ESP Server completed jobs repository” on page 138 Displays information about a job running in ESP Server display workloadobject(applname .gen. wobname.qualifier) resetgen application Purges all completed generations of the specified application and resets the generation number to 0 resetgen application(*|applname) “Resetting Application generations” on page 137 In the syntax column • Italic indicates a variable. • A vertical bar "|" indicates that you must specify either the keyword to the left of the bar or the keyword to the right of the bar. • A pair of square brackets "[ ]" enclosing a keyword indicates that the keyword is optional. display workloadobject Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility You can use the Command Utility to issue appcmd commands one at a time or as multiple commands in a single statement. Note: The Command Utility is a separate, stand-alone utility that is not related to the ESP Desktop Client’s Admin perspective. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 159
  • 167. Section–Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility Syntax Note: On Windows, replace appcmd.sh with appcmd.bat. appcmd.sh host port username password [file to execute] [Wait before close] Note: You must write this statement on a single line. On UNIX, the command is case sensitive. The following table defines the parameter values you must specify. Value Definition host The ESP Server IP address or DNS name port The ESP Server console port. The default value is 7500. username Name of the user issuing the appcmd command password Password of the user issuing the appcmd command file to File containing the appcmd commands execute Wait before close Specifies whether you want the system to wait for each appcmd command to complete before the next one is sent • T — Command Utility will wait for each appcmd to complete (default). • F — Command Utility will exit before receiving a response to each appcmd command. Issuing appcmd commands interactively You require an active session to carry out this procedure. 1. From the command prompt, enter the following on one line, substituting values for host, port, username, and password: Note: On Windows, replace appcmd.sh with appcmd.bat. appcmd.sh host port username password 2. Press Enter. If your network connection is established, the command prompt changes to the name of the server, for example, Manager: MANAGER> 3. At the prompt, enter the appcmd command, for example, about. about 160 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 168. Chapter 11–Command Console Commands 4. Once you finish issuing appcmd commands, type @exit and press Enter. Your system disconnects from the server and returns to the command prompt. Example The following example shows the syntax to start the Command Utility in interactive mode on a host called myesp. This host uses the default console port of 7500 for the ESP Server. UNIX appcmd.sh myEspresso 7500 Admin admin Windows appcmd.bat myEspresso 7500 Admin admin Issuing appcmd commands in batch mode You can write a text file that has multiple appcmd commands in it. When you run the Command Utility to issue the appcmd commands, the Command Utility iterates over each appcmd command in the file, sending each one to the server. Specify a command file for the file you want to execute using one line for each command. The command file is a text file that contains the appcmd commands you wish to run. Example: Using batch mode The following example shows the syntax to start the Command Utility in batch mode on a host called myEspresso. This host uses the default console port of 7500 for the ESP Server. Your file purgelog.txt contains commands to purge the trace log and AFM log. UNIX appcmd.sh myEspresso 7500 Admin admin purgelog.txt Windows appcmd.bat myEspresso 7500 Admin admin purgelog.txt Here is the content of your purgelog.txt file: tracelog purge(all) afmlog purge(all) ESPD-5.0-AG-02 161
  • 169. Section–Issuing appcmd commands using the Command Utility 162 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 170. Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers This chapter covers the procedures for integrating two Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers. It contains the following topics: • Integrating your ESP Servers • Verifying your integration ESPD-5.0-AG-02 163
  • 171. Section–Integrating your ESP Servers Integrating your ESP Servers ESP Server is packaged with a default ESP Agent, which you use to route information between two Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers. You can use either of the default ESP Agents as the router. Before you begin your setup, identify which default ESP Agent you are going to use. In the following diagram, and in the example used in this section, the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent is used to route data between the two ESP Servers. As you work through the steps in this chapter, refer to the Integrating ESP Servers diagram diagram below. Integrating ESP Servers diagram Information you need ESP Server2 Collect the following information about your ESP Server2 system. Information Required Default Value Value Used Manager name MANAGER2 IP address of the machine where — ESP Server is installed Port number through which the Manager component receives requests 7507 This information is in the ESP Server topology. You need this information to update the default ESP Agent for ESP Server1. 164 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 172. Chapter 12–Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers Default ESP Agent Collect the following information about the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. Information Required Value Used ESP Agent name (default name is AGENT) ESP Agent type (for example, UNIX) IP address of the machine where ESP Agent is installed Port number on which ESP Agent communicates with ESP Server Encryption key You need this information to define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in the topology for ESP Server2. Setup tasks This section describes the high level tasks you complete to integrate your two ESP Servers. To set up communication between your two ESP Servers, complete two tasks: 1. Update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to communicate with ESP Server2. 2. Define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in the ESP Server2 topology. Update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to communicate with ESP Server2 You need to update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent parameter file so the ESP Agent can communicate with ESP Server2. You use the information you collected for ESP Server 2. To update the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to communicate with ESP Server2 Note: These steps assume you are using the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. 1. Open the agentparm.txt for the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. The default location for the file is <installDir>/ESPSystemAgent where <installDir> represents the installation directory for ESP Server1 ESPD-5.0-AG-02 165
  • 173. Section–Integrating your ESP Servers 2. Refer to the information you collected for “ESP Server2” on page 164. Under the Communications section of the agentparm.txt file, make changes to the following three parameters: • communication.managerid_2=manager2I Replace manager2I with the Manager name. • communication.manageraddress_2=manager2A Replace manager2A with the IP address of the machine on which ESP Server2 is installed. • communication.managerport_2=manager2P Replace manager2P with the Manager port number for ESP Server2. 3. For all three parameters, remove the comment character (#) at the beginning of the line to activate these lines. 4. Save and close the file. 5. Restart ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. The following is an example of the agentparm.txt file. The bold text in the example defines the ESP Server2 parameters. The values shown correspond to the values shown in the “Integrating ESP Servers diagram” on page 164. agentname=AGENT # # Communications communication.managerid_1=MANAGER communication.manageraddress_1=CYBER1 communication.managerport_1=7507 #communication.monitorobject_1=AGENT/AGENTMON1.0/MAIN communication.managerid_2=MANAGER2 communication.manageraddress_2=CYBER2 communication.managerport_2=7507 #communication.monitorobject_2=AGENT/AGENTMON2.0/MAIN ... communication.inputport=7520 communication.prefixlevel=2 ... security.cryptkey=0x313233343563738 166 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 174. Chapter 12–Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers Define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in ESP Server2 topology You need to define the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent in the ESP Server2 topology so ESP Server2 can communicate with ESP Agent. The ESP Server1 default ESP Agent was defined in the ESP Server1 topology during the ESP Server1 installation. How you complete this task will depend on the naming of the default ESP Agents. Refer to Scenarios 1 or 2 below for the appropriate steps to follow. Scenario 1: The two default ESP Agents have the same name It is likely that the default ESP Agents for your two ESP Servers will have the same name. If your ESP Server2 default ESP Agent has the same name as the ESP_ Server_1 default ESP Agent, you need to do the following: 1. Change the name of the ESP Server2 default ESP Agent in the ESP Server2 topology. 2. Change the ESP Agent parameter file of the ESP Server2 default ESP Agent to reflect the new name. 3. Update all Applications that use the ESP Server2 default ESP Agent to reflect the new ESP Agent name. 4. Add the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to the ESP Server2 topology using the ESP Desktop Client Admin perspective. Refer to the information you collected for the “Default ESP Agent” on page 165. Make sure the parameter values for the new ESP Server2 ESP Agent match those defined for the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. Scenario 2: The two default ESP Agents have different names If the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent has a different name than the ESP Server2 ESP Agent, then you simply need to add the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to the ESP Server2 topology. Refer to the information you collected for the “Default ESP Agent” on page 165. Add the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent to the ESP Server2 topology using ESP Desktop Client’s Admin perspective. Make sure the parameter values for the new ESP Server2 ESP Agent match those defined for the ESP Server1 default ESP Agent. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 167
  • 175. Section–Verifying your integration Verifying your integration To verify that your ESP Server1 and ESP Server2 environments are set up correctly, complete these steps: 1. Create a home Application (APPL1) on one ESP Server system and a distant Application (APPL2) on the other. 2. In your distant Application, define an External Other Scheduler job. 3. Create and trigger Events for both Applications (APPL1 and APPL2). Note: We recommend you create and trigger the Event for the distant Application first. 4. Monitor the jobs running in the distant Application. In the following example, the External Other Scheduler job is defined in the distant Application using ESP Server2. ESP Server1 runs the home Application to submit job B. Note: This section chapter only provides the procedural steps for defining an External Other Scheduler job. For other procedures required to verify the setup (steps 1, 3, and 4), refer to the Getting Started with Cybermation ESP: dSeries guide. Define an External Other Scheduler job 1. Use the ESP Desktop Client Define perspective to open an Application. 2. In the Workflow Objects tree, select External-Other Scheduler. 3. Place an External-Other Scheduler icon onto the workspace. 4. Right-click the job icon and select Edit. 5. On the Basic tab, enter the Job name and qualifier. The name and qualifier you assign to your External job must be the same as the name and qualifier of the job in the home Application. 168 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 176. Chapter 12–Integrating Cybermation ESP: dSeries Servers 6. Complete the following fields: • Specify External Scheduler Name — Enter the name of the other scheduler. This scheduler is running the home Application that submits the job which the External job you are defining depends on. • Specify Agent Name — Enter the name of the Espresso default ESP Agent that you are using to route information between the schedulers. • Specify Application Name — (Optional) To override the default, specify the name of the home Application that submits the job. • Specify Scheduled Parameter — (Optional) To override the default, specify the scheduled time of the Event that submits the job, or the trigger time for non-scheduled Events. 7. Complete the details on the other tabs, as required, and click OK. ESPD-5.0-AG-02 169
  • 178. Using the Import/Export Utility You can use the import/export utility in batch or interactive mode to import and export artifact definitions such as Alerts, Applications, calendars, Events, forecasts, JavaScript scripts, and resources. For example, you may want to export your Application definitions to a directory, update the Applications outside of the ESP database, and import the changed definitions back into the ESP database. All artifact definitions, except javascript, config and sundry, are stored as XML files. Syntax The import/export utility uses the following command syntax: UNIX imexutil.sh [-h host] [-p port] [-u user] [-w password] [-c cmd] [-help] Windows imexutil.bat [-h host] [-p port] [-u user] [-w password] [-c cmd] [-help] Operand Description host ESP Server IP address or DNS name port ESP Server port user The client user ID ESPD-5.0-UG-02 171
  • 179. Section–Commands Operand Description password The client user ID password cmd The command(s) or file containing commands to issue in batch mode. If not help Displays help. If specified, other options are ignored. Commands specified, interactive mode is invoked. You can specify a list of commands separated by semi-colons or a file containing the commands, indicated by prefixing the file name with an @ sign. For example: -c "exportapplication -outdir c:applications" -c "exportapplication -outdir c:applications; exportevent -outdir c:events" -c @C:commands.txt Note: If the argument contains a space, enclose the argument within quotes, for example -c "@input file.txt". Importing definitions Use the import command to import artifact definitions from files and directories. Files are processed before directories. If an error is encountered processing an artifact, processing continues with the next artifact. The import command uses the following syntax: importartifact [-file filenames] [-dir dirnames] Operand Description artifact The artifact name. Use any of the following artifact names: • agent — ESP Agent definitions from the ESP Server topology • alert — ESP Alert definitions • application — ESP Application definitions • calendar — ESP calendar definitions • config — ESP Server configuration parameters • event — ESP Event definitions • forecast — definitions used for forecast reports • javascript — JavaScript scripts stored in the JavaScript repository • resource — resource definitions • sundry — artifacts not covered in other artifact categories, such as global system-level symbolic variables filenames A list of file names separated by spaces. Name masking is not supported. Files are loaded before directories. dirnames A list of directory names separated by spaces. Name masking is not supported. Directories are loaded after files. 172 ESPD-5.0-UG-02
  • 180. Appendix 13–Using the Import/Export Utility Exporting definitions Use the export command to export artifact definitions to a directory. If an error is encountered processing an artifact, processing continues with the next artifact. The export command uses the following syntax: exportartifact [-outdir outputdir] Operand Description artifact The artifact name. • agent — ESP Agent definitions from the ESP Server topology • alert — ESP Alert definitions • application — ESP Application definitions • calendar — ESP calendar definitions • config — ESP Server configuration parameters • event — ESP Event definitions • forecast — forecast definitions used for forecast reports • group — group definitions used for security • javascript — JavaScript scripts stored in the JavaScript repository • resource — resource definitions • sundry — artifacts not covered in other artifact categories, such as global system-level symbolic variables outputdir The directory the artifact definitions are exported to. If not specified, the artifacts are exported to the current working directory. Authenticating a user Use the user command to authenticate a user. The user command uses the following syntax: user userid password Operand Description userid The user ID to be authenticated password The password for the user ID Terminating a session Use the end command terminates a session. The end command uses the following syntax. end Examples The following examples export all Applications to c:applications and all calendars to c:calendars. ESPD-5.0-UG-02 173
  • 181. Section–Examples Batch commands imexutil.bat -h esp -p 7500 -u schedmaster -w schedmaster -c "exportapplication -outdir c:applications; exportcalendar -outdir c:calendars" Batch command file imexutil.bat -h esp -p 7500 -c @c:commandfile.txt The commandfile.txt file contains the following: user schedmaster schedmaster exportapplication -outdir c:applications exportcalendar -outdir c:calendars Interactive imexutil.bat -h esp -p 7500 -->user schedmaster schedmaster Logged on successfully to application server. -->exportapplication -outdir c:applications Attempting to export application VERIFY Exported application definition VERIFY version 1 -->exportcalendar -outdir c:calendars Attempting to export calendar SYSTEM Exported calendar definition SYSTEM version 1 -->end Session terminated 174 ESPD-5.0-UG-02
  • 182. Index A about command, 158 ADMIN default user, 62 ADMIN permission, 72, 76 Admin perspective admin user, 10 views, 10 ADMIN.Network Topology permission, 72 ADMIN.Security Files permission, 73 ADMINGRP group, 63 afmlog filterid command, 156 afmlog purge command, 156 afmlog spin command, 156 agent command, 156 AGENT permission, 73 agentmsg control command, 156 AGENTMSG permission, 74 AGENTUSER permission, 75 ALERT permission, 76 appcmd commands description, 156 ESP Agent, 156 ESP Server commands, 158 log commands, 156 APPL permission, 76 Application generations, resetting, 137 Applications that fail to generate, setting up notifications, 24 APPLX permission, 78 artifact definitions exporting, 173 importing, 172 artifacts in the system, viewing a list, 25 audit log creating report, 98 information, 98 auditlog export command, 157 automatic failback, 106, 109 C CALENDAR permission, 79 changerole command, 158 CMD permission, 80 cold start definition, 17 performing, 17 Command Utility, 159 batch, 161 ESPD-5.0-AG-02 175
  • 183. interactive, 160 syntax, 160 completed jobs, clearing, 138 completedjobs purge command, 159 configuration parameters ESP Agent, 55 Espresso Server, 22 instance, 22 shared, 22 console.txt backup files, clearing, 140 countlist command description, 158 using, 26 D database see also relational database disk monitoring ESP Agent, 27 disk space availability, shared directory, 27 display afmlog command, 157 display auditlog command, 157 display tracelog command, 157 display workloadobject command, 159 E email addresses, changing, 23 ESP Agent changing user’s password, 57 clearing log files, 143 clearing spool files, 144 controlling, 58 defining users, 56 description, 7 modifying configuration parameters, 55 reloading security file, 59 stopping, 58 ESP Agent for z/OS, configuring, 57 ESP Agent receiver messages holding and resuming, 59 ESP Agent receiver messages, clearing, 59 ESP artifact types, 25 ESP Desktop Client administrator’s component, 10 applying software updates, 13 description, 6 passwords, 11 server connections, 11 viewing users connected, 12 ESP High Availability configuration models, 113 detection, 108 process, 107 requirements, 114 terminology, 106 verifying the configuration, 117 ESP High Security installation steps, 30 ESP Server archiving log files, 139 changing port numbers, 23 changing the Windows service name, 30 checking status, 16 clearing completed jobs repository, 138 configuring, 22 description, 6 filter IDs, 101 instance and shared parameters, 22 log files, 96 recycling, 20 start type, 17 starting, 18 startup in failover configuration, 107 stopping, 20 ESP Server log files see log files ESP Server roles, switching, 112 EVENT permission, 81 EVENTX permission, 82 EVERYONE group, 63 exception messages, 96 exporting audit log, 98 F failback automatic, 106, 109 changing the type, 111 manual, 106, 110 failover configuring detection, 110 filter IDs about, 96 applying permanent, 100 applying temporary, 99 summary, 101 filtering messages, 99 176 ESPD-5.0-AG-02
  • 184. Index G group description, changing, 70 group permissions, adding, changing or removing, 69 groups ADMINGRP, 63 creating, 69 description, 62 EVERYONE, 63 OPERGRP, 64 predefined, 63 removing from the ESP Server topology, 70 SCHEDGRP, 64 H heap size, checking, 25 I import/export utility, syntax, 171 J jobs forced to complete, setting up notifications, 24 L license status, 26 licensestatus command, 158 log files, 96 applying permanent filter IDs, 100 applying temporary filter IDs, 99 archiving, 139 archiving automatically, 139 archiving manually, 140 changing location/name, 97 clearing, 141 manually, 141 clearing automatically, 141 exception messages, 96 filter IDs, 96 filtering messages, 99 maintenance, 96 rotation, 139 types, 96 M manual failback, 106, 110 memcheck command, 158 memcheck command, using, 25 memory usage, checking, 25 Micro Focus security rule, 41 N nohup files clearing, 147 description, 147 notifications setting up for Applications that fail to generate, 24 setting up for jobs forced to complete, 24 O OPERGRP group, 64 P passwords changing, 11 resetting, 12 permissions adding, changing or removing, 67 ADMIN, 72, 76 ADMIN.Network Topology, 72 ADMIN.Security Files, 73 AGENT, 73 AGENTMSG, 74 AGENTUSER, 75 ALERT, 76 APPLX, 78 CALENDAR, 79 CMD, 80 conventions, 65 description, 64 summary, 72 user vs group, 65 R relational database changing connectivity properties, 131 description, 130 ESP High Availability, 130 history reporting, 130 resource management, 130 resetgen application command, 159 ESPD-5.0-AG-02 177
  • 185. RESOURCE permission, 83 S SCHEDGRP group, 64 SCHEDMASTER default user, 62 security creating groups, 69 creating users, 66 deleting users, 68 description, 62 groups, 62 permissions, 64 permissions summary, 72 setting up, 84 users, 62 security file, reloading, 59 security rules Micro Focus, 41 server.log files clearing, 143 description, 143 shared directory monitoring, 26 monitoring availability, 28 shared-file system, 115 SMTP server name, changing, 23 SNMP Manager changing settings, 124 third-party configuration, 125 SNMP Manager, using third-party, 122 SNMP Message Viewer removing messages, 127 SNMP messages description, 122 opening, 127 printing, 127 receiving, 126 removing, 127 saving, 127 understanding, 122 viewing in text format, 127 SNMP trap receiver stopping, 126 software updates for ESP Desktop Client, 13 start type, ESP Server, 17 stop command, 158 T tracelog filterid command, 157 tracelog purge command, 157 tracelog spin command, 157 U users adding to a group, 67 ADMIN default user, 62 changing names, 68 creating, 66 deleting, 68 description, 62 removing from a group, 68 removing from the ESP Server topology, 68 SCHEDMASTER default user, 62 V virtual Agent removing parent, 55 W warm start, definition, 17 Windows service name for ESP Server, changing, 30 178 ESPD-5.0-AG-02